From 1d6f7e5a574f26d1a6fd02cbe2a4cced8a69bd59 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Wed, 8 Jun 2022 16:03:17 -0400 Subject: [PATCH] Manually merged Grant's edits to Mark 9-12 and fixed format --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 728 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------------------- 1 file changed, 415 insertions(+), 313 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 5cfcef38a6..988c24ede4 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote MRK front intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Mark

1. Introduction (1:1-13)
1. The ministry of Jesus in Galilee
* Early ministry (1:14-3:6)
* Jesus becomes more popular among the people (3:7-5:43)
* Moving away from Galilee and then returning (6:1-8:26)
1. Progress toward Jerusalem, repeated times when Jesus predicts his own death; the disciples misunderstand, and Jesus teaches them how difficult it will be to follow him (8:27-10:52)
1. Last days of ministry and preparation for final conflict in Jerusalem (11:1-13:37)
1. The death of Christ and the empty tomb (14:1-16:8)

### What is the Book of Mark about?

The Gospel of Mark is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about who Jesus was and what he did during his life. Mark wrote much about how Jesus suffered and died on the cross. He did this to encourage his readers who were being persecuted. Mark also explained Jewish customs and some Aramaic words. This may indicate that Mark expected most of his first readers to be Gentiles.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Mark,” or “The Gospel according to Mark.” They may also choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Mark wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Mark?

The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was Mark. Mark was also known as John Mark. He was a close friend of Peter. Mark may not have witnessed what Jesus said and did. Many experts think that Peter the Apostle was the source of what Mark wrote about Jesus.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What were Jesus’ teaching methods?

The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What are the Synoptic Gospels?

The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”

The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three of the gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.

### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?

In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This phrase could mean a few things:

*The phrase son of man can simply be describing that someone’s father is also a human being. Therefore, the person being described is literally a son of a man, or a human being.

*The phrase sometimes is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” This description tells us that the person ascending to the throne of God looked like a human being. This description is than the first different because God gives this son of man authority forever. Therefore, the title son of man became a title for the Messiah.

Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.

### Why does Mark frequently use terms indicating short periods of time?

The Gospel of Mark uses the word “immediately” forty-two times. Mark does this to make the events more exciting and vivid. It moves the reader quickly from one event to the next.

### Sabbath/Sabbaths

Oftentimes in the culture of the Bible, religious festivals would be written in the plural form of the word instead of a singular form. This occurs in Mark as well. In the ULT, the word should be kept plural, “sabbaths”. This is simply for the sake of being as close to the original text as possible. In the UST it is changed to singular to make more sense of the use of the word in its context, “sabbath”.

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Mark?

The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to include these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these verses, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Mark’s Gospel.
* “If any man has ears to hear, let him hear.” (7:16)
* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:44)
* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:46)
* “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, ‘He was counted with the lawless ones’” (15:28)

The following passage in not found in the earliest manuscripts. Most Bibles include this passage, but modern Bibles put it in brackets ([]) or indicate in some way that this passage may not have been original to Mark’s Gospel. Translators are advised to do something similar as the modern versions of the Bible.
* “Early on the first day of the week, after he arose, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, from whom he had cast out seven demons. She went and told those who were with him, while they were mourning and weeping. They heard that he was alive and that he had been seen by her, but they did not believe. After these things he appeared in a different form to two of them, as they were walking out into the country. They went and told the rest of the disciples, but they did not believe them. Jesus later appeared to the eleven as they were reclining at the table, and he rebuked them for their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they did not believe those who saw him after he rose from the dead. He said to them, ‘Go into all the world, and preach the gospel to the entire creation. He who believes and is baptized will be saved, and he who does not believe will be condemned. These signs will go with those who believe: In my name they will cast out demons. They will speak in new languages. They will pick up snakes with their hands, and if they drink anything deadly, it will not hurt them. They will lay hands on the sick, and they will get well.’ After the Lord had spoken to them, he was taken up into heaven and sat down at the right hand of God. The disciples left and preached everywhere, while the Lord worked with them and confirmed the word by the signs that went with them.” (16:9-20)

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -MRK 1 intro c6ep 0 # Mark 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-3, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “You can make me clean”\n\nLeprosy was a disease of the skin that made a person unclean and unable to properly worship God. Jesus is capable of making people physically “clean” or healthy as well as spiritually “clean” or right with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])\n\n### “The kingdom of God is near”\n\nScholars debate whether the “kingdom of God” was present at this time or is something that is still coming. English translations frequently use the phrase “at hand,” but this can create difficulty for translators. Other versions use the phase “is coming” and “has come near.”\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 12, 21, 30, 37, 40 and 44. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n +MRK 1 intro c6ep 0 # Mark 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-3, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “You can make me clean”

Leprosy was a disease of the skin that made a person unclean and unable to properly worship God. Jesus is capable of making people physically “clean” or healthy as well as spiritually “clean” or right with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

### “The kingdom of God is near”

Scholars debate whether the “kingdom of God” was present at this time or is something that is still coming. English translations frequently use the phrase “at hand,” but this can create difficulty for translators. Other versions use the phase “is coming” and “has come near.”

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### The Historic Present

To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 12, 21, 30, 37, 40 and 44. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) MRK 1 1 kpq1 writing-newevent ἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This verse introduces the reader to the history of Jesus the Messiah as told by Mark. This functions as an introduction to the entire book of Mark. Use the natural form in your language for beginning the telling of something that actually happened. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent) MRK 1 1 i3bc guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. If this would be misunderstood, you could use the alternate translation: “who is God’s Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 1 2 fc4t figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an active form. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ MRK 1 44 xhu8 figs-explicit σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ 1 s MRK 1 44 w6b2 figs-synecdoche σεαυτὸν δεῖξον 1 show yourself Here, the word **yourself** represents the skin of the leper. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “show your skin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 1 45 i91a figs-metaphor ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν πολλὰ καὶ διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον 1 began to proclaim often and to spread the word widely Here, **spread the word widely** is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done” (See: and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 1 45 z363 figs-hyperbole πάντοθεν 1 from all sides The word **all sides** is a hyperbole used to emphasize how very many places the people came from. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “from all over the region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -MRK 2 intro zhb5 0 # Mark 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus heals the paralytic (2:1-12)\n1. Jesus tells Levi to follow him (2:13,14)\n1. The feast at Levi’s house (2:15-17)\n1. Questions about fasting (2:18-22)\n1. Picking grain on the Sabbath (2:22-28)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Sinners”\n\nWhen the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Fasting and Feasting\n\nPeople would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or were showing God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, like during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nThe Jewish leaders used rhetorical questions to show that they were angry because of what Jesus said and did and that they did not believe that he was God’s Son ([Mark 2:7](../mrk/02/07.md)). Jesus used them to show the Jewish leaders that they were arrogant ([Mark 2:25-26](./25.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 3, 7, 14, 15, 18, 25, . If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n +MRK 2 intro zhb5 0 # Mark 2 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

1. Jesus heals the paralytic (2:1-12)
1. Jesus tells Levi to follow him (2:13,14)
1. The feast at Levi’s house (2:15-17)
1. Questions about fasting (2:18-22)
1. Picking grain on the Sabbath (2:22-28)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Sinners”

When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Fasting and Feasting

People would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or were showing God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, like during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

The Jewish leaders used rhetorical questions to show that they were angry because of what Jesus said and did and that they did not believe that he was God’s Son ([Mark 2:7](../mrk/02/07.md)). Jesus used them to show the Jewish leaders that they were arrogant ([Mark 2:25-26](./25.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

### The Historic Present

To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 3, 7, 14, 15, 18, 25, . If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) MRK 2 1 ir5j figs-activepassive ἠκούσθη ὅτι ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν 1 it was heard that he is at home If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The people there heard that he was staying at his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 2 1 j6pa grammar-connect-time-background καὶ εἰσελθὼν πάλιν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ 1 The author tells us that Jesus **entered again** to remind us that he has already been in Capernaum in [1:21](../01/21.md). You could make this more explicit in your language. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus came a second time to the town called Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) MRK 2 1 afvi figs-explicit ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν 1 There is some debate over whose **house** this is. It could possibly be (1) Peter’s house. Peter’s house functioned as the place where Jesus always returned to when we was in the town of Capernaum. Alternate translation: “He was in Peter’s house” or (2) you could leave it generic, and not specify whose house it was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ MRK 2 4 ouxr translate-unknown κράβαττον 1 A mat was a portable bed th MRK 2 5 trg9 figs-explicit ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 having seen their faith The implication is that Jesus recognized that the friends of this paralyzed man strongly believed that he could heal him. Their actions proved that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus recognized that the man’s friends were convinced that he could heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 5 hzg6 translate-kinship τέκνον 1 Child The word **Child** here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. This man was not actually Jesus’ son. If your language has a term like this, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “Beloved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) MRK 2 6 le6v figs-metonymy διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 reasoning in their hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “were thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 2 7 yr5a figs-rquestion τί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ? 1 Why does this man speak this way? These religious leaders do not expect someone to tell them who Jesus is. Instead, they are using the question form to emphasize how inappropriate they think it is for Jesus to tell someone that he forgives their sins. As the next sentence explains, they think this means Jesus was claiming to be God, and so in their view, he would be speaking blasphemies. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This man is speaking blasphemies!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n +MRK 2 7 yr5a figs-rquestion τί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ? 1 Why does this man speak this way? These religious leaders do not expect someone to tell them who Jesus is. Instead, they are using the question form to emphasize how inappropriate they think it is for Jesus to tell someone that he forgives their sins. As the next sentence explains, they think this means Jesus was claiming to be God, and so in their view, he would be speaking blasphemies. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This man is speaking blasphemies!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 2 7 sj6j figs-rquestion τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός? 1 Who is able to forgive sins except God alone? The scribes used this question to say that since only **God is able to forgive sins**, then Jesus should not say “Your sins are forgiven.” If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Only God can forgive sins, not a man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 2 8 niy6 figs-metonymy τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit The word **spirit** is a metonym for his inner thoughts and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his inner being” or “within himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 2 8 h3zp figs-explicit ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “Even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ MRK 2 27 v3mb figs-genericnoun τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 **man** is a generic MRK 2 27 s2yd figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον 1 not man for the Sabbath The words **was made** are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “man was not made for the Sabbath” or “God did not make man for the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 2 28 wgwu ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man is a common title given to Jesus. See the introduction to the book for a detailed explanation of the title. MRK 2 28 pwb5 ὥστε Κύριός ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου καὶ τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 There are two major interpretations of this passage. (1) Many think that Jesus is here appealing to his heavenly authority to speak about the Sabbath day to the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I, the Son of Man, am Lord of the Sabbath.” (2) **son of man** is a popular title used in the Old Testament to refer to a human being. Jesus could be saying (functioning as the conclusion to the previous verse) that mankind has authority over the Sabbath, and that the Sabbath does not have authority over mankind. Alternate translation: “Therefore, mankind has authority over the Sabbath”. -MRK 3 intro x969 0 # Mark 3 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sabbath\n\nIt was against the law of Moses to do work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees believed healing a sick person on the Sabbath was “work,” so they said that Jesus did wrong when he healed a person on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”\n\nNo one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### The twelve disciples\n\nThe following are the lists of the twelve disciples:\n\nIn Matthew:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn Mark:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn Luke:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nThaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.\n\n### Brothers and Sisters\n\nMost people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 3, 13, 20, 31, 32, 33, and 34. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n +MRK 3 intro x969 0 # Mark 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sabbath

It was against the law of Moses to do work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees believed healing a sick person on the Sabbath was “work,” so they said that Jesus did wrong when he healed a person on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”

No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### The twelve disciples

The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:

In Matthew:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.

In Mark:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.

In Luke:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.

Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.

### Brothers and Sisters

Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### The Historic Present

To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 3, 13, 20, 31, 32, 33, and 34. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) MRK 3 2 vr25 figs-explicit ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might accuse him If Jesus were to heal the man that day, the Pharisees would **accuse him** of breaking the law by the working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 3 1 bm6z writing-newevent καὶ εἰσῆλθεν πάλιν εἰς συναγωγήν, καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπος, ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα 1 Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 3 1 rn8y writing-participants καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπος 1 This expression introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ MRK 3 33 qe8c figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ MRK 3 33 iu9r translate-kinship ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 Jesus is using the words **mother** and **brother** here not referring to biological relatives, but to those whom he loves and whom obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) MRK 3 35 dr45 figs-genericnoun ὃς 1 whoever may do … this is **whoever** does not refer to any specific person, but to any person who does these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MRK 3 35 yr9i figs-metaphor οὗτος ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 this is my brother, and sister, and mother This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. Alternate translation: “that person is like a brother, sister, or mother to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 4 intro f5ua 0 # Mark 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nMark 4:3-10 forms one parable. The parable is explained in 4:14-23.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:12, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Parables\n\nThe parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 13, 35, 36, 37 and 38. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n +MRK 4 intro f5ua 0 # Mark 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Mark 4:3-10 forms one parable. The parable is explained in 4:14-23.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:12, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Parables

The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### The Historic Present

To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 13, 35, 36, 37 and 38. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) MRK 4 1 i95e grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον ἐμβάντα, καθῆσθαι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 the sea Jesus **stepped into the boat** because the crowd was so big that it would have been very difficult for them all to hear him. If this would not be clear in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the crowd was so large, Jesus went out onto a boat so the crowd could hear his teaching.” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) MRK 4 2 h2a9 καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαῖς πολλά, καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 Mark provides this background information about Jesus’ actions to help readers understand what happens while Jesus is on the boat. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 4 3 vqh3 figs-parables ἀκούετε! ἰδοὺ, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων σπεῖραι 1 Listen! Behold, the sower Jesus teaches the crowd about what happens when different people hear Jesus’ teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ MRK 4 38 qtb3 figs-exclusive ἀπολλύμεθα 1 we are perishing The word * MRK 4 39 yym6 figs-doublet σιώπα, πεφίμωσο 1 Be silent! Be still! These two phrases are similar and used to emphasize what Jesus wanted the wind and the sea to do. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be calm!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) MRK 4 40 w5n4 figs-rquestion τί δειλοί ἐστε? οὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν 1 Why are you afraid? Do you not yet have faith? Jesus asks these questions to make his disciples consider why they are **afraid** when he is with them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be afraid. You need to have more faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 4 41 u8e1 figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ? 1 Who then is this, for even the wind and the sea obey him? The disciples ask this question in amazement at what Jesus did. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This man is not like ordinary men; even the wind and the sea obey him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 5 intro lh25 0 # Mark 5 General Notes\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Talitha, koum”\n\nThe words **Talitha, koum** ([Mark 5:41](../mrk/05/41.md)) are from the Aramaic language. Mark writes them the way they sound and then translates them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 7, 9, 19, 22, 23, 31, 35, 36, 38, 39, 40 and 41. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n +MRK 5 intro lh25 0 # Mark 5 General Notes

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Talitha, koum”

The words **Talitha, koum** ([Mark 5:41](../mrk/05/41.md)) are from the Aramaic language. Mark writes them the way they sound and then translates them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### The Historic Present

To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 7, 9, 19, 22, 23, 31, 35, 36, 38, 39, 40 and 41. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) MRK 5 1 fix1 writing-newevent καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 Connecting Statement: This verse acts as an introduction to the next story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this, they came to the other side of the Sea of Galilee, to the region where the Geresenes lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 5 1 gt8a figs-go ἦλθον 1 They came Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 5 1 vsc7 translate-names τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 the Gerasenes This name refers to the people who live in Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ MRK 5 41 hx3c translate-transliterate ταλιθὰ, κοῦμ! 1 Talitha, koum! MRK 5 42 pt5t translate-numbers ἦν…ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 she was 12 years of age “she was twelve years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) MRK 5 42 m49c translate-numbers καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 Mark includes this information to help the readers understand how it was that she immediately **rose up** and began **walking**. She was able to get up and walk because she was old enough to do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And immediately the little girl rose up and was walking. She was able to do this because she was 12 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 5 43 n29k figs-quotations καὶ εἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν 1 and he told them to give her something to eat You can state this as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “and he told them, ‘Give her something to eat’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -MRK 6 intro kl7n 0 # Mark 6 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Anointed with oil”\n\nIn the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 7, 30, 31, 37, 38, 45, 48, 49 and 55. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n +MRK 6 intro kl7n 0 # Mark 6 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Anointed with oil”

In the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### The Historic Present

To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 7, 30, 31, 37, 38, 45, 48, 49 and 55. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) MRK 6 1 mi7z writing-newevent καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθοῦσιν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Connecting Statement: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, Jesus and his disciples went out from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 6 1 lpci figs-go ἐξῆλθεν…ἔρχεται εἰς 1 Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came out … went into” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 6 2 y4xj figs-activepassive τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ 1 what is this wisdom that has been given to him? If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what is this wisdom that God gave to him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ MRK 6 15 n8sq figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλεία MRK 6 16 ym2w figs-metonymy ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα 1 whom I beheaded Here Herod uses the word **I** to refer to himself. The word **I** is a metonym for Herod’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom I commanded my soldiers to behead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 6 16 n6nq figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 has been raised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 6 17 vpr7 figs-explicit αὐτὸς…ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Herod himself, having sent, seized John and he bound him in prison You can state this clearly that **Herod** sent his soldiers to put **John** in **prison**. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John and had them bind him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 6 17 ojtd figs-explicit γὰρ 1 Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand why Herod was saying that John rose from the dead. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “He was saying this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])\n +MRK 6 17 ojtd figs-explicit γὰρ 1 Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand why Herod was saying that John rose from the dead. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “He was saying this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) MRK 6 17 sf6r translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the wife of his brother Philip Herod’s **brother Philip** is the name of a man. This is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 6 18 e2ex grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν γὰρ ὁ Ἰωάννης τῷ Ἡρῴδῃ, ὅτι οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Herod put John into prison because he was saying **It is not lawful for you to have the wife of your brother**. Make sure this is clear in your language. Alternate translation: “Herod told his soldiers to arrest John because he was saying, ‘God’s law does not allow you to marry the wife of your brother.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) MRK 6 19 x35v figs-metonymy Ἡρῳδιὰς…ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι 1 was wanting to kill him, but she was not able **Herodias** is a metonym, as she wants someone else to execute John for her. Alternate translation: “she wanted someone to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -381,10 +381,10 @@ MRK 6 34 j1td figs-simile ἦσαν ὡς πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα π MRK 6 35 sei9 figs-idiom καὶ ἤδη ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης 1 And the hour already having become late This means it was late in the day. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And when it was getting late” or “And late in the afternoon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 6 35 hz4h ἔρημός ἐστιν ὁ τόπος 1 This place is desolate This refers to a place where there are no people. See how you translated this in [Mark 6:31](../06/31.md). MRK 6 37 cts5 figs-rquestion ἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν? 1 Having gone away, might we buy 200 denarii of loaves of bread and give it to them to eat? The disciples ask this question to say that there is no way they could afford to buy enough food for this crowd. Alternate translation: “We could not buy enough bread to feed this crowd, even if we had two hundred denarii!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 6 37 wowk figs-rquestion ἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν 1 The disciples are using a hypothetical situation to express how expensive it would be to buy enough food for all of the people. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we go out to the market, how could we afford to spend 200 denarii on food to feed all of these people?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])\n\n +MRK 6 37 wowk figs-rquestion ἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν 1 The disciples are using a hypothetical situation to express how expensive it would be to buy enough food for all of the people. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we go out to the market, how could we afford to spend 200 denarii on food to feed all of these people?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) MRK 6 37 hs21 translate-bmoney δηναρίων διακοσίων 1 200 denarii The singular form of the word **denarii** is “denarius.” A denarius was a Roman silver coin worth one day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) MRK 6 37 c65w translate-numbers δηναρίων διακοσίων 1 200 denarii “two hundred denarii” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -MRK 6 39 xgb6 translate-unknown τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ 1 the green grass Describe the **grass** with the color word used in your language for healthy grass, which may or may not be the color **green**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n +MRK 6 39 xgb6 translate-unknown τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ 1 the green grass Describe the **grass** with the color word used in your language for healthy grass, which may or may not be the color **green**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MRK 6 40 e4cb figs-explicit πρασιαὶ, κατὰ ἑκατὸν καὶ κατὰ πεντήκοντα 1 by group according to hundreds and according to fifties This refers to the number of people in each of the groups. Alternate translation: “about fifty people in some groups and about a hundred people in other groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 6 41 l8q3 figs-explicit ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 having looked up to heaven This means that he **looked up** toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked up to the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 6 43 xk9h translate-numbers δώδεκα κοφίνων 1 12 baskets “twelve baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -395,16 +395,16 @@ MRK 6 45 y3ve translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Bethsaida This is a town on t MRK 6 48 g7ka (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) τετάρτην φυλακὴν 1 the fourth watch This is the time between 3 AM and sunrise. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you can state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MRK 6 50 et5c figs-parallelism θαρσεῖτε…μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Take courage! … Do not fear! **Take courage** and **Do not be afraid** are similar in meaning, emphasizing to his disciples that they did not need to be afraid. They can be combined into one if necessary. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) MRK 6 52 m53m figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις 1 about the loaves Here the phrase **the loaves** refers to when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what it meant when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread” or “what it meant when Jesus caused the few loaves to become many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 6 52 t1qb figs-metaphor ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη 1 their heart had been hardened Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their hearts had been hardened.\nIf the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “they were stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +MRK 6 52 t1qb figs-metaphor ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη 1 their heart had been hardened Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their hearts had been hardened. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “they were stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 6 53 p316 translate-names Γεννησαρὲτ 1 Gennesaret This is the name of the region to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 6 55 d9k9 περιέδραμον…ἤκουον 1 they ran throughout … they were hearing The word **they** refers to the people who recognized Jesus, not to the disciples. MRK 6 56 gi6y ἐτίθεσαν 1 they were putting Here, **they** refers to the people. It does not refer to Jesus’ disciples. MRK 6 56 y6hs figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας 1 the sick This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 6 56 bqzf figs-litany εἰς κώμας, ἢ εἰς πόλεις, ἢ εἰς ἀγροὺς 1 Mark lists **villages**, **cities**, and **countryside** to emphasize that everywhere Jesus went, they were bringing sick people to him. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list different places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) -MRK 7 intro vq1j 0 # Mark 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Hand washing\n\nThe Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people make God happy by thinking and doing the right things. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Ephphatha”\n\nThis is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 18, 32, 34. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n +MRK 7 intro vq1j 0 # Mark 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Hand washing

The Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people make God happy by thinking and doing the right things. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Ephphatha”

This is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### The Historic Present

To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 18, 32, 34. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) MRK 7 1 b9ul writing-newevent καὶ συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καί τινες τῶν γραμματέων, ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων 1d are gathering around him This verse introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, some Pharisees and some men who teach the Jewish laws who had come from Jerusalem gathered around Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 7 2 wd6i figs-extrainfo 0 General Information: The following verses explain the significance of this verse. Since it is explained in the following verses, you do not need to explain its meaning here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -MRK 7 3 mj6u writing-background γὰρ 1 of the elders This verse, as well as the next verse, are added to explain to the reader why the Jewish leaders did not approve of what Jesus’ disciples were doing. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “They were appalled because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n +MRK 7 3 mj6u writing-background γὰρ 1 of the elders This verse, as well as the next verse, are added to explain to the reader why the Jewish leaders did not approve of what Jesus’ disciples were doing. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “They were appalled because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 7 3 x0b6 figs-explicit κρατοῦντες τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 **The traditions of the elders** were teachings that were handed down from generation to generation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “observing strictly the teachings which past generations had taught them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 7 4 wsb8 writing-background χαλκίων 1 copper vessels See the note in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 7 4 d3qc figs-explicit ποτηρίων καὶ ξεστῶν καὶ χαλκίων 1 **cups…pots…copper vessels** would have been used for consuming food and drinks. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Cups, pots, and copper vessels for eating and drinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -415,13 +415,13 @@ MRK 7 6 oavh figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν α MRK 7 6 ep7u figs-metonymy τοῖς χείλεσίν 1 with their lips Here, **lips** is used to signify speaking. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 7 6 zgt9 figs-metonymy ἡ…καρδία αὐτῶν 1 but their heart is far from me The word **heart** is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “their desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 7 6 xtab figs-idiom ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me This is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 7 8 hnw4 figs-metaphor κρατεῖτε 1 you hold fast to To **hold fast** means to obey something without ceasing. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent way of speaking from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “You obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +MRK 7 8 hnw4 figs-metaphor κρατεῖτε 1 you hold fast to To **hold fast** means to obey something without ceasing. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent way of speaking from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “You obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 7 9 e3qv figs-irony καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν τηρήσητε 1 How well you reject the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition! Jesus says **You do well at rejecting the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition** to rebuke his listeners for forsaking God’s **commandment**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You think you have done well in how you have rejected the commandment of God so you may keep your own traditions, but what you have done is not good at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) MRK 7 10 d4sd figs-quotesinquotes Μωϋσῆς γὰρ εἶπεν, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα σου; καί, ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 The one speaking evil of his father If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Moses said to honor your father and mother. He also said that the one who speaks evil against his father or mother deserves to die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 7 11 cd57 translate-transliterate κορβᾶν 1 is Corban **Corban** is a Hebrew word that refers to things that people promise to give to God. Translators normally transliterate it using the target language alphabet. Some translators translate its meaning, and then leave out Mark’s explanation of the meaning that follows. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -MRK 7 11 ev2r ὅ ἐστιν δῶρον 1 that is, a gift The author says **that is a gift** to provide background information to his audience who may not have understood this word. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “this word means a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])\n +MRK 7 11 ev2r ὅ ἐστιν δῶρον 1 that is, a gift The author says **that is a gift** to provide background information to his audience who may not have understood this word. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “this word means a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) MRK 7 14 u3nk figs-doublet ἀκούσατέ μου πάντες καὶ σύνετε 1 Listen to me, all of you, and understand The words **Listen** and **understand** are related. Jesus uses them together to emphasize that his hearers should pay close attention to what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “All of you, take head to what I am about to say to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -MRK 7 15 gk5i figs-idiom οὐδέν…ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 nothing from outside the man Jesus is speaking about what a person eats. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “nothing which a person could eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n +MRK 7 15 gk5i figs-idiom οὐδέν…ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 nothing from outside the man Jesus is speaking about what a person eats. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “nothing which a person could eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 7 15 ms5c figs-metonymy τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενά 1 the things that come out from the man Jesus is speaking about the thoughts and desires of a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the things which a person thinks and does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 7 17 l7d7 writing-endofstory καὶ ὅτε 1 And **and when** is a comment about what happened after the story as a result of the events within the story itself. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) MRK 7 18 z8w1 figs-rquestion οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Are you also thus without understanding? Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I am amazed that you still do not understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ MRK 7 19 hm98 figs-explicit καθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα 1 MRK 7 20 r12p figs-metonymy τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενον 1 he was saying **What is coming out from the man** means the thoughts and intentions of a person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “It is the thoughts and desires of a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 7 21 chkk figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκπορεύονται 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Alternate translation: “out of the inner being of a person, come evil thoughts” or “out of the mind of a person, come evil thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 7 21 eey1 figs-litany πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, φόνοι 1 Mark lists out a number of sins here and in the next verse. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) -MRK 7 24 k9bl writing-background καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς οἰκίαν, οὐδένα ἤθελεν γνῶναι, καὶ οὐκ ἠδυνάσθη λαθεῖν 1 Connecting Statement: **and having entered into a house, he was wanting no one to know it, but he was not able to hide** provides background information to what Jesus was thinking as he travelled to this area. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Having entered someones house, he was hoping to not be found, but he was unable to hide from the people of that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n +MRK 7 24 k9bl writing-background καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς οἰκίαν, οὐδένα ἤθελεν γνῶναι, καὶ οὐκ ἠδυνάσθη λαθεῖν 1 Connecting Statement: **and having entered into a house, he was wanting no one to know it, but he was not able to hide** provides background information to what Jesus was thinking as he travelled to this area. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Having entered someones house, he was hoping to not be found, but he was unable to hide from the people of that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 7 26 aik7 writing-background ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἦν Ἑλληνίς, Συροφοινίκισσα τῷ γένει 1 But the woman was a Greek, a Syrophoenician by descent This sentence gives us background information about the woman. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 7 26 e39y translate-names Συροφοινίκισσα 1 a Syrophoenician This is the name of the woman’s nationality. She was born in the Phoenician region in Syria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 7 27 gsj7 figs-metaphor ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν καλόν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν 1 Permit the children first be fed, for it is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the dogs Here Jesus speaks about the Jews as if they are **children** and the Gentiles as if they are **dogs**. This is not in a derogatory remark, but he is talking in terms of whether they are Israelites or not. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Let the children of Israel first eat. For it is not right to take the children’s bread and throw it to the Gentiles, who are like household pets compared to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ MRK 7 35 yj4j figs-activepassive ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσ MRK 7 35 gssm figs-idiom ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ 1 **the band of his tongue was released** means he was able to speak. Alternate translation: “his tongue was free and he was able to speak” or “he was able to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 7 36 eb2y figs-ellipsis ὅσον…αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, αὐτοὶ 1 as much as he ordered them The refers to him ordering them not to tell anyone about what he had done. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the more he ordered them not to tell anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 7 37 dh17 figs-metonymy τοὺς κωφοὺς…ἀλάλους 1 the deaf … the mute These refer to people. Alternate translation: “deaf people … mute people” or “people who cannot hear … people who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 8 intro ry56 0 # Mark 8 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Bread\n\nWhen Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness.\n\nYeast is the ingredient that causes bread to become larger before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Adulterous generation”\n\nWhen Jesus called the people an “adulterous generation,” he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 2, 6, 12, 17, 19, 20, 22, 29 and 33. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nJesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples ([Mark 8:17-21](./17.md)) and scolding the people ([Mark 8:12](../mrk/08/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Mark 8:35-37](./35.md)).\n\n\n\n +MRK 8 intro ry56 0 # Mark 8 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bread

When Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness.

Yeast is the ingredient that causes bread to become larger before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### “Adulterous generation”

When Jesus called the people an “adulterous generation,” he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### The Historic Present

To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 2, 6, 12, 17, 19, 20, 22, 29 and 33. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

### Rhetorical Questions

Jesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples ([Mark 8:17-21](./17.md)) and scolding the people ([Mark 8:12](../mrk/08/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Mark 8:35-37](./35.md)). MRK 8 1 rmd8 writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 In those days This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 8 1 sgv6 figs-extrainfo μὴ ἐχόντων τι φάγωσιν 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains following this why the crowd did not have anything to eat. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 8 3 u3mu grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ ἐὰν ἀπολύσω αὐτοὺς νήστεις εἰς οἶκον αὐτῶν, ἐκλυθήσονται ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 they will faint Mark is using a hypothetical situation to bring to the disciples attention the dangers of making the people return home without eating. Alternate translation: “If I should send them to their houses hungry, some of them might collapse on the way home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) @@ -505,14 +505,14 @@ MRK 8 34 m732 figs-metaphor ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν 1 to follo MRK 8 34 c6ll figs-metonymy ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me The cross here represents suffering and death because you follow Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 8 34 oxv6 figs-hypo εἴ τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to show the seriousness of being his follower. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) MRK 8 35 d5rj figs-genericnoun ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 For whoever wants Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “For if a person desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -MRK 8 35 a6g3 figs-explicit ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν, ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, σώσει αὐτήν 1 soul The first time the word life occurs in each phrase, it means life before a person dies, that is, earthly life. The second occurrence of life in each phrase means life after death, that is, everlasting life. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “For whoever desires to save his earthly life will not have everlasting life with God after he dies. Whoever loses his earthly life for my sake, and for the sake of the good news, will have everlasting life with God after he dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n +MRK 8 35 a6g3 figs-explicit ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν, ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, σώσει αὐτήν 1 soul The first time the word life occurs in each phrase, it means life before a person dies, that is, earthly life. The second occurrence of life in each phrase means life after death, that is, everlasting life. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “For whoever desires to save his earthly life will not have everlasting life with God after he dies. Whoever loses his earthly life for my sake, and for the sake of the good news, will have everlasting life with God after he dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 8 35 nn0a figs-euphemism ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 **lose it** is a polite way to say that God will judge the person who tries to save their own soul. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “God will judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MRK 8 36 ua46 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ? 1 For what does it profit a man to gain the whole world and to forfeit his soul? Jesus asks this question to emphasize that If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his soul.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 8 36 mxuj figs-rquestion ἄνθρωπον 1 Mark is using the phrase **a man** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 8 36 jde6 figs-hyperbole κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον 1 to gain the whole world The phrase **the whole world** is an exaggeration, meaning that the person might gain great riches. Alternate translation: “to gain everything he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MRK 8 37 wua4 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 For what might a man give as an exchange for his soul? Jesus asks this question to emphasize the value of the soul of each person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life.” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 8 38 c53y figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ, τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ 1 in this adulterous and sinful generation Jesus speaks of this **generation** as **adulterous**, meaning that they are unfaithful in their relationship with God. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in this generation of people who have committed adultery against God and are very sinful” or “in this generation of people who are unfaithful to God and are very sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 8 38 ov1d figs-synecdoche τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ 1 See how you translated **this generation** in [8:12](../08/12.md)\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n +MRK 8 38 ov1d figs-synecdoche τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ 1 See how you translated **this generation** in [8:12](../08/12.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 8 38 s5tm guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 8 38 hvx0 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated **Son of Man** in [8:31](../08/31.md)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MRK 9 intro n92j 0 # Mark 9 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “transfigured”

Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Mark says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Hyperbole

Jesus said things that he did not expect his followers to understand literally. When he said, “If your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off” ([Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md)), he was exaggerating so that his hearers would pay close attention to what he was saying and realize how important it is to avoid sin.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Elijah and Moses

Elijah and Moses suddenly appear to Jesus, James, John, and Peter, and then they disappear. All four of them saw Elijah and Moses, and because Elijah and Moses spoke with Jesus, the reader should understand that Elijah and Moses appeared physically.

### “Son of Man”

Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 9:31](../mrk/09/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

### Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all and servant of all” ([Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md)). @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ MRK 9 1 kg4x figs-idiom οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανά MRK 9 1 qloy figs-abstractnouns οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** by using the verb form. Alternate translation: “who may certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 9 1 ymou figs-abstractnouns ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **power** by using an adverb such as “powerfully.” Alternate translation: “before they would see the kingdom of God come powerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 9 1 yjf6 figs-explicit τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει 1 the kingdom of God come with power The phrase **the kingdom of God come with power** represents God showing himself as king. If it would help your readers understand the meaning you can state this plainly. The phrase **the kingdom of God come with power** probably refers to God powerfully confirming that Jesus is the Messianic king through the transfiguration of Jesus which immediately follows this verse in [9:2-10](../09/02.md). Alternate translation: “God powerfully showing himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 9 2 uf5f figs-rpronouns κατ’ ἰδίαν μόνους 1 by themselves, alone The author uses the reflexive pronoun **themselves** here to emphasize that they were alone and that only Jesus, Peter, James, and John went up the mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +MRK 9 2 uf5f figs-rpronouns κατ’ ἰδίαν μόνους 1 by themselves, alone Mark uses the reflexive pronoun **themselves** here to emphasize that they were alone and that only Jesus, Peter, James, and John went up the mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) MRK 9 2 krt6 translate-unknown μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 he was transfigured before them The word **transfigured** means to be changed in appearance or form. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this word, you could state the meaning of this word in plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ appearance was changed in front of them” or “when they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MRK 9 2 b3bb figs-activepassive μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 he was transfigured If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning of the phrase **he was transfigured before them** with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God changed Jesus’ appearance before them” or “God transfigured Jesus before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 9 3 gp48 translate-unknown οἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐ δύναται οὕτως λευκᾶναι 1 as no bleacher on earth is able thus to make them white The word **launderer** refers to a person who worked with cloth and would clean and bleach it. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this word, you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “whiter than any person who bleached cloth could make them” or “such as no person on earth who bleached cloth could make them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ MRK 9 9 pdmm writing-pronouns διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the MRK 9 9 w1nf writing-pronouns διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται 1 Here, the pronoun **them** and the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **they** all refer to Peter and James and John. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered Peter and James and John not to tell anyone about what they had just seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 9 9 wter διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται 1 Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered them not tell anyone about what they had just seen” MRK 9 9 w98g figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ 1 would rise from the dead Jesus speaks figuratively in this way of coming back to life, since it involves rising out of the grave. Alternate translation: “would come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 9 10 edv3 figs-explicit καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς 1 **And they kept the matter to themselves** means that Peter, James, and John did not share with other people that Jesus had been transfigured until after he rose from the dead. Alternate translation: “And they did not tell others about Jesus’ transfiguration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 9 10 edv3 καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς 1 Here, Mark is using the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “And they kept the matter to themselves” MRK 9 10 wfu9 ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι 1 to rise from the dead See how you translated the phrase “rise from the dead” in the previous verse. MRK 9 11 s9zn writing-pronouns ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες 1 they were questioning him Here, the pronoun **they** refers to Peter, James, and John. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John were questioning Jesus, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 9 11 je29 writing-pronouns ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν 1 Here, the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “they were questioning Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) @@ -563,6 +563,7 @@ MRK 9 14 n8fd ἐλθόντες πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς 1 having co MRK 9 14 qsp3 writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς…αὐτούς 1 Here, both occurrences of the pronoun **them** refers to the other disciples of Jesus who had not went up on the mountain with Jesus and Peter, James, and John. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 9 15 qhc3 writing-pronouns αὐτὸν…προστρέχοντες…αὐτόν 1 All three of the occurrences of the pronoun **him** in this verse, refer to Jesus. If it would help your readers you can clarify this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 9 16 w679 writing-pronouns καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτούς 1 Here, the first occurrence of the pronoun **them** could refer to: (1) the disciples of Jesus who had not went up on the mountain. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked his disciples” (2) the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the people in the crown” (3) the scribes. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MRK 9 17 a2j6 Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). MRK 9 18 h98h ξηραίνεται 1 he becomes rigid Alternate translation: “his body becomes rigid” MRK 9 18 zre6 figs-explicit οὐκ ἴσχυσαν 1 they could not The phrase **the were not strong enough** refers to the disciples not being about to drive the spirit out of the boy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they could not drive it out of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 9 19 tb67 figs-extrainfo ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς λέγει 1 answering them, he says Here, the pronoun **them** is plural so Jesus is addressing more than one person. However, it is not clear exactly who **them** refers to. It could refer to the disciples, the crowd, the boy and his father, some some combination of them, or to all of them at once. Here,**them** probably refers to everyone who was present. Use the form in your language that would be used for addressing a group of people. Alternate translation: “But answering all of them, Jesus said” or “Addressing them all, Jesus said” or “Addressing everyone present, Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) @@ -607,8 +608,13 @@ MRK 9 31 s1n2 figs-activepassive ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς MRK 9 33 xv94 figs-go ἦλθον εἰς Καφαρναούμ 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “they went” rather than **they came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went to Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 9 33 l2kj figs-go ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ γενόμενος 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went into the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 9 34 gdg3 figs-explicit τίς μείζων 1 about who was the greatest Here, **greatest** refers to who was the **greatest** among the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who was the greatest among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 9 35 jzl5 figs-metaphor εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος 1 If anyone wants to be first, he will be last of all Here the words **first** and **last** are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being **first** and of being the “least important” as being **last**. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants God to consider him to be the most important person of all, he must consider himself to be the least important of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 9 35 z754 figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MRK 9 35 fkf6 figs-declarative ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος καὶ πάντων διάκονος 1 Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “he must act as if he is the least important and serve everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +MRK 9 35 jzl5 figs-metaphor εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος 1 If anyone wants to be first, he will be last of all Being **first** figuratively represents people who are esteemed by others because of their social position, wealth, and privileges. Being **last** figuratively represents people who are not esteemed by others because they lack social position, wealth, and privileges. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being **first** and of being the “least important” as being **last**. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **first** and **last** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 9 35 ioiu figs-nominaladj εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to describe a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants to be most important in God’s sight, he should act as if he is the least important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 9 35 um58 translate-ordinal πρῶτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +MRK 9 35 jqo3 figs-ellipsis ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος καὶ πάντων διάκονος 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he will be last of all people and a servant of all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 9 35 z9x2 figs-declarative ἔσται…ἔσχατος 1 Jesus is using the future statement **he will be last** to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “he must be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) MRK 9 35 t526 πάντων…πάντων 1 of all … of all Alternate translation: “of all people … of all people” MRK 9 36 qqcu writing-pronouns ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the 12 disciples. If it would help your readers you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the midst of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 9 37 h242 ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων 1 one of these little children Alternate translation: “a child such as this one” @@ -616,6 +622,7 @@ MRK 9 37 ul12 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name H MRK 9 37 uik3 figs-explicit οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 **does not receive me but the one who sent me** means that the people who receive Jesus are not just receiving him but are also receiving God who sent him. If it would help your readers you can state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “receives not just me, but also receives God who has sent me” or “receives not only me, but receives God who sent me to represent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 9 37 y24n figs-explicit τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 the one who has sent me Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that **the one** refers to God. If it would help your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 9 38 dxq5 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 in your name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. This expression means the person was acting with the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “on your behalf” or “as your representative” or “by your authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 9 38 a3d3 Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). MRK 9 38 k2i2 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν 1 he was not following us Here, **following** does not seem to mean to be one of Jesus’ disciples, since this man was acting in Jesus’ **name**. Here, **following us** means that this man did not travel in the group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “he does not travel with you in our group” or “he is not part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 9 39 oynl figs-litotes μὴ κωλύετε αὐτόν 1 Jesus is figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. You can state this positively. Alternate translation: “Allow him to continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) MRK 9 39 yw2q figs-metonymy ὀνόματί 1 See how you translated **name** in the previous verse [9:39](../09/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -683,305 +690,396 @@ MRK 10 15 a1e7 figs-simile ὡς παιδίον 1 as a little child The point of MRK 10 15 q3ck figs-explicit οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν 1 may certainly not enter into it Here, the word **it** refers to the kingdom of God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not enter the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 10 16 jq4f ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὰ 1 having taken them into his arms Alternate translation: “embracing the children in his arms” MRK 10 17 fpp6 figs-metaphor ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω 1 in order that I might inherit everlasting life Here, the word **inherit** means “be given” or “receive” and is being used metaphorically to mean “receive eternal life” or “be given eternal.” If your readers would not understand what it means to “inherit eternal life” in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in order to receive eternal life” or “in order to obtain eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 10 17 d0iy Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). MRK 10 17 h45i figs-abstractnouns ζωὴν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the idea behind **life** by using a verbal form like “live.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 10 18 lw1f figs-rquestion τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? 1 Why are you calling me good? Jesus’ question “Why are you calling me good” is a rhetorical question which Jesus is asks in order to make a point. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 10 18 uwt6 τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 By saying, **Why are you calling me good? No one {is} good except God alone**, Jesus is asking the man a rhetorical question in order to make a point. The Bible clearly teaches that Jesus is God and Jesus affirms elsewhere that he believes that he is God. Make sure that your translation does not portray Jesus as denying his own moral perfection or divinity here. -MRK 10 18 gyod τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 By saying, **Why are you calling me good? No one {is} good except God alone**, Jesus is correcting the man’s misunderstanding regarding eternal life and what it takes to please God. In the previous verse, the man called Jesus “Good Teacher” thinking that Jesus was a good man but not knowing that Jesus was God. In this verse, Jesus redirects the man’s focus away from people and towards God. As evidenced by the man’s question to Jesus in the previous verse, the man thinks that in order to merit God’s approval and “inherit eternal life” a person simply needs to know the right things to do and do them. Jesus’ words in this verse are meant to correct the man’s thinking and show the man that only God is fully good and that to please God a person must focus on God and put their trust in God’s charachter. +MRK 10 18 gyod τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 By saying, **Why are you calling me good? No one is good except God alone**, Jesus is correcting the man’s misunderstanding regarding eternal life and what it takes to please God. In the previous verse, the man called Jesus “Good Teacher” thinking that Jesus was a good man but not knowing that Jesus was God. In this verse, Jesus redirects the man’s focus away from people and towards God. As evidenced by the man’s question to Jesus in the previous verse, the man thinks that in order to merit God’s approval and “inherit eternal life” a person simply needs to know the right things to do and do them. Jesus’ words in this verse are meant to correct the man’s thinking and show the man that only God is fully good and that to please God a person must focus on God and put their trust in God’s character. +MRK 10 19 qs3e figs-quotesinquotes τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας: μὴ φονεύσῃς, μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ κλέψῃς, μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς, μὴ ἀποστερήσῃς, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 In the previous verse Jesus begins directly addressing the man who came to him. This verse continues Jesus’ direct speech to the man. However, in this verse, beginning with the phrase **Do not kill**, Jesus begins quoting several Old Testament passages. If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate Jesus’ direct quotation of the Old Testament as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “You know that the scriptures tell us that we should not kill, commit adultery, steal, testify falsely, or defraud others, and that each person must honor their father and mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 10 19 hj3v μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς 1 do not testify falsely Alternate translation: “do not testify falsely against anyone” or “do not lie about someone in court” -MRK 10 21 syq1 figs-metaphor ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ 1 One thing you are lacking “There is one thing you are missing.” Here, **lacking** is a metaphor for needing to do something. Alternate translation: “One thing you need to do” or “There is one thing you have not yet done” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 10 21 rd85 figs-metonymy δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 give it to the poor Here the word **it** refers to the things he sells and is a metonym for the money he receives when he sells them. Alternate translation: “give the money to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 10 21 ux1l figs-nominaladj τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 to the poor This refers to **poor** people. Alternate translation: “to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -MRK 10 21 iij4 θησαυρὸν 1 treasure wealth, valuable things -MRK 10 22 v58f ἔχων κτήματα πολλά 1 one having many possessions “someone who owned many things” -MRK 10 23 k5nk πῶς δυσκόλως 1 How difficult it is “It is very difficult” -MRK 10 24 z9z1 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 but again answering, Jesus says to them “but Jesus said to his disciples again” -MRK 10 24 fh1q figs-metaphor τέκνα, πῶς 1 Children, how “My children, how.” Jesus is teaching them as a father would teach his **children**. Alternate translation: “My friends, how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 10 24 jf83 πῶς δύσκολόν ἐστιν 1 how hard it is “it is very hard” -MRK 10 25 f15k figs-hyperbole εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν 1 It is easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a needle than for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God Jesus uses an exaggeration to emphasize how very difficult it is for **rich** people to get into **the kingdom of God**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -MRK 10 25 hl4s figs-hypo εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον 1 It is easier for a camel This speaks of an impossible situation. If you cannot state this in this way in your language, it can be written as a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “It would be easier for a camel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -MRK 10 25 t4y8 τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος 1 the eye of a needle “the hole of a needle.” This refers to the small hole in the end of a sewing **needle** that thread passes through. -MRK 10 26 ly6b οἱ δὲ περισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 But they were greatly astonished “But the disciples were very astonished” -MRK 10 26 q8b7 figs-rquestion καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι? 1 And who is able to be saved? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “If that is so, then no one will be saved!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 10 27 a7bi figs-ellipsis παρὰ ἀνθρώποις ἀδύνατον, ἀλλ’ οὐ παρὰ Θεῷ 1 With men it is impossible, but not with God The understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “It is impossible for people to save themselves, but God can save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 10 28 hcv3 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold **Behold** is used here to draw attention to the words that come next. -MRK 10 28 cj3f ἀφήκαμεν πάντα 1 have left everything “have left everything behind” -MRK 10 29 zhx5 figs-litotes οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν 1 there is no one who has left The phrase **there is no one who has left** is a litotes. Jesus uses it to emphasize that every single person who leaves things for Jesus’ sake will receive the rewards that he lists in the next verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -MRK 10 29 m1w3 ἢ ἀγροὺς 1 or lands “or plots of ground” or “or the land that he owns” -MRK 10 29 hr9y ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake “for my cause” or “for me” -MRK 10 29 pf2g τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for the gospel “to proclaim the gospel” -MRK 10 30 sjhg figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ 1 who may not receive Jesus finishes a sentence that begins with the words **there is no one who has left** (verse 29). You can state the whole sentence positively. “everyone who has left house, or brothers, or sisters, or mother, or father, or children, or lands, for my sake, and for the gospel, will receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -MRK 10 30 heb4 ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ 1 in this time “in this life” or “in this present age” -MRK 10 30 jev2 ἀδελφοὺς, καὶ ἀδελφὰς, καὶ μητέρας, καὶ τέκνα 1 brothers, and sisters, and mothers, and children Like the list in verse 29, this describes the family in general. The word “fathers” is missing in verse 30, but it does not significantly change the meaning. -MRK 10 30 ae92 figs-abstractnouns μετὰ διωγμῶν, καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ, ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 with persecutions, and in the age that is coming, everlasting life This can be reworded so that the ideas in the abstract noun **persecutions** are expressed with the verb “persecute.” Because the sentence is so long and complicated, “will receive” can be repeated. Alternate translation: “and even though people persecute them, in the world to come, they will receive everlasting life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MRK 10 30 v8nr ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ 1 in the age that is coming “in the future world” or “in the future” -MRK 10 31 ym7t figs-metaphor ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 who are first will be last, and the last first Here the words **first** and **last** are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the “important” as being “first” and of being the “unimportant” as being “last.” Alternate translation: “are important will be unimportant, and those who are unimportant will be important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 10 31 xcj1 figs-nominaladj ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 the last first The phrase **the last** refers to people who are “last.” Also, the understood verb in this clause may be supplied. Alternate translation: “those who are last, first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -MRK 10 31 mo59 figs-ellipsis ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 the last first The understood verb in this clause may be supplied. Alternate translation: “those who are last will be first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 10 32 zc62 ἦσαν δὲ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἀναβαίνοντες εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ ἦν προάγων αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 And they were on the road, going up to Jerusalem, and Jesus was going ahead of them “And Jesus and his disciples were walking on the road, on the way up to Jerusalem, and Jesus was in front of his disciples” -MRK 10 32 hq7y οἱ…ἀκολουθοῦντες 1 those who are following behind “those who were following behind them.” Some people were walking behind Jesus and his disciples. -MRK 10 33 pv4w ἰδοὺ 1 Behold “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” -MRK 10 33 s1hp figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 the Son of Man will be delivered Jesus is speaking about himself. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 10 33 ha2g figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 the Son of Man will be delivered You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone will deliver the Son of Man” or “they will hand the Son of Man over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 10 33 zhf1 κατακρινοῦσιν 1 they will condemn The word **they** refers to the chief priests and the scribes. -MRK 10 33 ils2 παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 deliver him to the Gentiles “put him under the control of the Gentiles” -MRK 10 34 ccd3 ἐμπαίξουσιν 1 they will mock “people will mock” -MRK 10 34 xv2g figs-explicit ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise This refers to rising from the dead. Alternate translation: “he will rise from being dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 10 35 li9k figs-exclusive θέλομεν…αἰτήσωμέν…ἡμῖν 1 we desire … for us … we may ask The words **we** and **us** refer only to James and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -MRK 10 37 bb98 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου 1 in your glory “when you are glorified.” The phrase **in your glory** refers to when Jesus is glorified and rules over his kingdom. Alternate translation: “when you rule in your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 10 20 bd3s Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). +MRK 10 21 syq1 figs-metaphor ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ 1 One thing you are lacking Here, **lack** is a metaphor for needing to do something. If your readers would not understand what it means to **lack** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “One thing you need to do” or “There is one thing you have not yet done” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 10 21 rd85 figs-explicit δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 give it to the poor Here, the word **it** refers to the money the man would receive from selling his possessions. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 10 21 ux1l figs-nominaladj τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 to the poor Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MRK 10 21 iij4 figs-metaphor ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 treasure Jesus speaks figuratively of rewards in heaven as if these rewards are **treasure**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **have treasure in heaven** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you will be rewarded in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 10 22 afu7 figs-synecdoche τῷ λόγῳ 1 Although the term **word** is singular, Mark is using this term to refer to all of the instructions that Jesus gave the man in the prior verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MRK 10 22 v58f ἔχων κτήματα πολλά 1 one having many possessions Alternate translation: “someone who owned many things” +MRK 10 24 z9z1 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 but again answering, Jesus says to them Alternate translation: “but Jesus said to his disciples again” +MRK 10 24 fh1q figs-metaphor τέκνα 1 Children, how Here, Jesus is using the term **Children** figuratively to describe the disciples. They are under his spiritual care and Jesus teaches them as a father would instruct his children, and so Jesus regards them in that sense as if they were his own children. If your readers would not understand the use of the term **Children** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or you could translate this in a non-figurative way as UST does. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) +MRK 10 25 f15k figs-hyperbole εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν 1 It is easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a needle than for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God This entire verse is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize how difficult it is for **rich** people **to enter into the kingdom of God**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses the difficulty of something happening. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +MRK 10 25 t4y8 translate-unknown εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν 1 the eye of a needle **the eye of a needle** refers to the small hole at the end of a sewing **needle** that thread passes through. If your readers are not familiar with camels and/or needles, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture, or you could state this in plain language without using hyperbole and express the emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “It is extremely difficult for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MRK 10 27 vfyb figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώποις 1 Here, although the term **men** is masculine, it is used with a generic sense to refer to people in general, both male and female. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +MRK 10 28 hcv3 figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Behold **Behold** is an exclamation word which is used to draw attention to the words that come next. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: See the UST.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +MRK 10 29 zhx5 figs-litotes οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν 1 there is no one who has left The phrase **there is no one who has left** is a litotes. Jesus uses the negative word **no** to negate **one** in order to emphasize that every single person who leaves things for Jesus’ sake will receive the rewards that he lists in the next verse. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “everyone who has left” or “every person who has left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +MRK 10 29 m1w3 ἢ ἀγροὺς 1 or lands Alternate translation: “or the land that he owns” +MRK 10 30 sjhg figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ 1 who may not receive The phrase **not receive** in this verse, when combined with the phrase “no one” in the previous verse, creates a double negative. If this is confusing in your language you can state the entire sentence positively. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +MRK 10 30 heb4 ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ 1 in this time Alternate translation: “in this present age” +MRK 10 31 y2lu figs-nominaladj πολλοὶ…ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **first** and **last** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. See how you translated the words **first** and **last** in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). Alternate translation: “many people who are now important will not be, and the people who are not now important, will be” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj) +MRK 10 31 ym7t figs-metaphor ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 who are first will be last, and the last first Here, Jesus is using the words **first** and **last** metaphorically. See how you translated these words in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 10 32 hq7y figs-explicit οἱ…ἀκολουθοῦντες 1 those who are following behind Some people were walking behind Jesus and his twelve disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people who were following behind them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 10 32 k1nn figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MRK 10 33 pv4w figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Behold **Behold** is an exclamation word which Jesus is using to draw attention to the words that he says next next. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +MRK 10 33 qkq9 figs-exclusive ἀναβαίνομεν 1 When Jesus says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the 12 disciples so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +MRK 10 33 s1hp figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ γραμματεῦσιν, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ, καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the Son of Man will be delivered Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will be delivered to the chief priests and the scribes, and they will condemn me to death and deliver me to the Gentiles” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person) +MRK 10 33 ha2g figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 the Son of Man will be delivered If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can express the meaning behind the phrase **will be delivered** by using an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will hand the Son of Man over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 10 33 ohsf figs-abstractnouns καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** by using a verbal form of this word. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 10 33 ils2 παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 deliver him to the Gentiles Alternate translation: “put him under the control of the Gentiles” +MRK 10 34 ccd3 figs-123person ἐμπαίξουσιν 1 they will mock In this verse Jesus continues referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person) +MRK 10 34 t0lt writing-pronouns ἐμπαίξουσιν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to “the Gentiles” mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will mock him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MRK 10 34 xv2g figs-explicit ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise The phrase **he will rise** refers to rising from the dead. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will rise from being dead” or “he will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 10 35 li9k figs-exclusive θέλομεν…αἰτήσωμέν…ἡμῖν 1 we desire … for us … we may ask Here, the pronouns **we** and **us** refer only to James and John and so they would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +MRK 10 35 ch2r Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). +MRK 10 36 he8f writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to James and John. Alternate translation: “to James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MRK 10 37 xwf8 writing-pronouns οἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐτῷ 1 The pronoun **they** refers to James and John. Alternate translation: “And James and John said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MRK 10 37 n1fv figs-exclusive δὸς ἡμῖν…καθίσωμεν 1 Here, the pronouns **us** and **we** refer only to James and John and so they would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +MRK 10 37 bb98 figs-explicit ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου 1 in your glory The phrase **in your glory** refers to when Jesus is glorified and gloriously rules over his kingdom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “with you when you rule in your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 10 37 kyg6 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** in another way such as using a verbal form of the word. Alternate translation: “next to you when you are glorified” or “sit by you when you are glorified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 10 38 v1bf οὐκ οἴδατε 1 You do not know “You do not understand” -MRK 10 38 yvu8 figs-metaphor πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω 1 to drink the cup which I am drinking Here, **cup** refers to what Jesus must suffer. Suffering is often referred to as drinking from a cup. Alternate translation: “drink the cup of suffering that I will drink” or “drink from the cup of suffering that I will drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 10 38 pd7l figs-metaphor τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι 1 to be baptized with the baptism with which I am being baptized Here, **baptism** and **being baptized** represent suffering. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering will overwhelm Jesus. Alternate translation: “to endure the baptism of suffering which I will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 10 39 r3pm figs-ellipsis δυνάμεθα 1 We are able They respond this way, meaning that they **are able** to drink the same cup and endure the same baptism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 10 39 hc1g πίεσθε 1 you will drink “you will drink as well” -MRK 10 40 ig8f τὸ δὲ καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν μου ἢ ἐξ εὐωνύμων, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι 1 But to sit at my right hand or at my left hand is not mine to give “But I am not the one who allows people to sit at my right hand or my left hand” -MRK 10 40 pdc1 ἀλλ’ οἷς ἡτοίμασται 1 but it is for those for whom it has been prepared “but those places are for those for whom they have been prepared.” The word **it** refers to the places to his right hand and to his left hand. -MRK 10 40 eu9v figs-activepassive ἡτοίμασται 1 it has been prepared You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has prepared it” or “God has prepared them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 10 41 ad19 ἀκούσαντες, 1 When heard about this The word **this** refers to James and John asking to sit at Jesus’ right and left hands. -MRK 10 42 sbk8 προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 having summoned them, Jesus “after Jesus called his disciples, he” -MRK 10 42 sfs9 figs-activepassive οἱ δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 that those who are considered rulers of the Gentiles You can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) the people in general consider these people the rulers of the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “that those whom people consider to be the rulers of the Gentiles.” (2) the Gentiles consider these people their rulers. Alternate translation: “that those whom the Gentiles think of as their rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 10 42 hme7 κατακυριεύουσιν 1 lord it over have control or power over -MRK 10 42 zfr3 κατεξουσιάζουσιν 1 exercise authority over “flaunt their authority over.” This means that they show or use their authority in an overbearing way. -MRK 10 43 zfz6 figs-explicit οὐχ οὕτως δέ ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν 1 But it is not this way among you This refers back to the previous verse about the Gentile rulers. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “But do not be like them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 10 43 fc3m μέγας γενέσθαι 1 to become great “to be highly respected” -MRK 10 44 e7sn figs-metaphor εἶναι πρῶτος 1 to be first This is a metaphor for being the most important. Alternate translation: “to be the most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 10 45 a3fr figs-activepassive καὶ γὰρ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι 1 For even the Son of Man did not come to be served You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “For even the Son of Man did not come to have people serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 10 45 rik1 διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι 1 to be served, but to serve “to be served by people, but to serve people” -MRK 10 45 d9jd ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 in exchange for many “in the place of many people” -MRK 10 46 n4i3 0 Connecting Statement: As Jesus and his disciples continue walking toward Jerusalem, Jesus heals blind Bartimaeus, who then walks with them. -MRK 10 46 bq3j translate-names ὁ υἱὸς Τιμαίου, Βαρτιμαῖος, τυφλὸς προσαίτης 1 Bartimaeus, a blind beggar, son of Timaeus “a blind beggar named Bartimaeus, the son of Timaeus.” **Bartimaeus** is the name of a man. **Timaeus** is his father’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 10 47 ynr7 figs-ellipsis ἀκούσας ὅτι Ἰησοῦς…ἐστιν 1 having heard that it was Jesus Bartimaeus **heard** people saying **that it was Jesus**. Alternate translation: “when he heard people saying that it was Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 10 47 vwz9 figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ 1 Son of David Jesus is called the Son of David because he is a descendant of King David. Alternate translation: “You who are the Messiah descended from King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 10 48 ca5u ἐπετίμων…πολλοὶ 1 many were rebuking “many people rebuked” -MRK 10 48 m32u πολλῷ μᾶλλον 1 much more “even more” -MRK 10 49 t5ch figs-quotations εἶπεν, φωνήσατε αὐτόν 1 said, “Call him.” You can translate this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “commanded others to call him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -MRK 10 49 ac7h φωνοῦσι 1 they call The word **they** refers to the crowd. -MRK 10 49 jvr1 θάρσει 1 Take courage! “Have courage” or “Do not be afraid” -MRK 10 49 gnb9 φωνεῖ σε 1 He is calling you “Jesus is calling for you” -MRK 10 50 z6ec ἀναπηδήσας 1 having sprung up “having jumped up” -MRK 10 51 i5an ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ 1 answering him “answering the blind man” -MRK 10 51 dap1 ἀναβλέψω 1 I might receive my sight “I would be able to see” +MRK 10 38 yvu8 figs-idiom πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω 1 to drink the cup which I am drinking Drinking a **cup** is an idiom which refers to suffering some experience which is difficult to undergo. In the Bible suffering is often referred to as drinking from a cup. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “drink the cup of suffering that I will drink” or “drink from the cup of suffering that I will drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 10 38 pax6 figs-metaphor τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι 1 The phrase **to be baptized with the baptism** is a metaphor which refers to being overwhelmed by difficult circumstances. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering and trials overwhelm a person. Here, this metaphor for suffering refers specifically to Jesus’ future suffering in Jerusalem and death by crucifixion. If your readers would not understand this metaphor for suffering, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 10 38 hlue figs-activepassive ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι 1 The phrase **I am being baptized** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 10 39 r3pm writing-pronouns οἱ…αὐτοῖς 1 We are able Here, the pronouns **they** and **them** refer to James and John. Alternate translation: “James and John … to James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MRK 10 39 hc1g figs-idiom τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω, πίεσθε 1 you will drink **The cup that I drink** is an idiom. See how you translated this idiom in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 10 39 c15v figs-metaphor τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε 1 In this verse Jesus continues to use **baptism** metaphorically. See how you translated Jesus’ metaphorical use of baptism in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 10 39 humc figs-activepassive ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε 1 The phrase **I am being baptized** and the phrase **you will be baptized** are both passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state these two phrases in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 10 40 pdc1 figs-explicit ἀλλ’ οἷς ἡτοίμασται 1 but it is for those for whom it has been prepared The word **it** refers to the places at Jesus’ right and left hand. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but those places are for those for whom they have been prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 10 40 eu9v figs-activepassive ἡτοίμασται 1 it has been prepared The phrase **it has been prepared** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says in [Matthew 20:23](../mat/07/14.md) that God the Father is the one who will prepare these places. Alternate translation: “God has prepared it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 10 41 ad19 figs-explicit] ἀκούσαντες, 1 When heard about this The word **this** refers to James and John asking to sit at Jesus’ right and left hand. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] +MRK 10 41 i48d figs-explicit οἱ δέκα 1 **the ten** refers to the other ten disciples of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 10 42 sbk8 προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 having summoned them, Jesus Alternate translation: “after Jesus called his disciples to him, he” +MRK 10 42 zfr3 figs-abstractnouns κατεξουσιάζουσιν 1 exercise authority over If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 10 43 zfz6 figs-explicit οὐχ οὕτως…ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν 1 But it is not this way among you The phrase **it is not this way among you** means “this is not the reality you live by as my followers” or “it should not be this way among you” and refers back to the way that Jesus said the Gentile rulers governed in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers you can indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But you live by a different set of principles than the Gentile rulers do” or “But you are to act differently than the Gentile rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 10 43 fc3m μέγας γενέσθαι 1 to become great Alternate translation: “to be highly respected” or “to be greatly respected” +MRK 10 43 gfun figs-declarative ἔσται ὑμῶν διάκονος 1 Jesus is using the future statement **will be your servant** to give an instruction. See how you translated the phrase “will be” in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md) where it occurs with the same meaning and in a similar context. Alternate translation: “must be your servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +MRK 10 44 e7sn figs-metaphor εἶναι πρῶτος 1 to be first Here, **to be first** is a metaphor for being the most important. See how you translated **first** in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). Alternate translation: “to be the most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 10 44 qzo8 figs-declarative ἔσται πάντων δοῦλος 1 Jesus is using the future statement **will be a slave of all** to give an instruction. See how you translated the phrase “will be” in the previous verse, where it occurs with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “must be a slave of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +MRK 10 44 u5yb figs-hyperbole δοῦλος 1 Jesus speaks figuratively of being **a slave** to emphasize the great lengths Jesus’ followers should go to in order to serve others. If Jesus’ exaggeration would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows service or you could clarify that Jesus is teaching that his followers must act similar to slaves in their service to others. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +MRK 10 45 ctta figs-123person καὶ γὰρ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person) +MRK 10 45 pmk3 translate/figs-go οὐκ ἦλθεν 1 Your language may say “leave” and “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “did not leave heaven and go to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +MRK 10 45 a3fr figs-activepassive διακονηθῆναι 1 For even the Son of Man did not come to be served The phrase **to be served** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have people serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 10 45 rik1 διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι 1 to be served, but to serve Alternate translation: “to be served by people, but to serve people” +MRK 10 45 d9jd ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 in exchange for many Alternate translation: “in place of many people” or “in exchange for many people” +MRK 10 46 n4i3 figs-go ἔρχονται εἰς Ἰερειχώ 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went into Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +MRK 10 46 bq3j figs-go ἐκπορευομένου αὐτοῦ 1 Bartimaeus, a blind beggar, son of Timaeus Your language may say “coming out” rather than **going out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “as he is coming out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +MRK 10 47 ow3g translate-names Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζαρηνός 1 The people call **Jesus the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus from the town of Nazareth” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names) +MRK 10 47 opm0 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 Here, Mark uses **And** to introduce a reason result statement. **And** introduces the reason **having heard that it was Jesus** which resulted in Bartimaeus beginning **to cry out and to say, “Son of David, Jesus, have mercy on me!”** When the blind man learned that Jesus was walking by, he knew that Jesus would hear him if he called out, so as a result, he shouted to him. Alternate translation: “So” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result) +MRK 10 47 ynr7 figs-metaphor Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ 1 having heard that it was Jesus The blind man is using the word **Son** figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) +MRK 10 47 vwz9 figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ 1 Son of David **David** was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title Son of David implicitly meant “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “Messiah” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) +MRK 10 47 ylls figs-abstractnouns ἐλέησόν με 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **mercy** by using an adjective form such as “merciful” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: “be merciful to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 10 47 s2dr figs-imperative ἐλέησόν με 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be merciful to me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative) +MRK 10 47 tvkh figs-explicit ἐλέησόν με 1 The blind man assumes that Jesus will know that he is asking specifically to be healed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on me and heal me” or “please be merciful to me by healing me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) +MRK 10 48 ca5u ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ πολλοὶ ἵνα σιωπήσῃ 1 many were rebuking Alternate translation: “many people kept telling him not to shout” +MRK 10 48 m32u πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν 1 much more The phrase **was crying out much more** could mean: (1) that the blind man shouted even louder to Jesus. Alternate translation: See the UST. (2) that the blind man called out even more persistently. Alternate translation: “called out even more persistently” +MRK 10 48 l86a figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυείδ, ἐλέησόν με 1 See how you decided to translate this phrase in [10:47](../010/47.md). Alternate translation: “Messiah, please have mercy on me and heal me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) +MRK 10 49 ac7h writing-pronouns φωνοῦσι 1 they call Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the crowd. If this might confuse your readers, you could state explicitly who **they** refers to. Alternate translation: “some people in the crowd called” or “some people in the front of the crowd called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MRK 10 49 n6xl figs-abstractnouns θάρσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **courage**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **courage** by using an adjective form such as “courageous” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: “Be courageous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 10 52 s5d2 figs-explicit ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has healed you This phrase is written this way to place emphasis on the man’s **faith**. Jesus heals the man because he believes that Jesus can heal him. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I am healing you because you believed in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 10 52 ub7w ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ 1 he was following him “he followed Jesus” +MRK 10 52 bjuw figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the idea behind this word by using a verb such as “trusted” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 10 52 ub7w figs-abstractnouns ἀνέβλεψεν 1 he was following him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sight**, you could express the idea behind this word by using a verb such as “see” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 11 intro xg3t 0 # Mark 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 11:9-10, 17, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The donkey and the colt

Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.

Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../jhn/12/14.md)) -MRK 11 1 ch4j καὶ ὅτε ἐγγίζουσιν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, εἰς Βηθφαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν πρὸς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 And when they come to Jerusalem, to Bethphage and Bethany, to the Mount of Olives “And when Jesus and his disciples came near to Jerusalem, they came to Bethphage and Bethany near the Mount of Olives” They had come to **Bethphage and Bethany** in the vicinity of **Jerusalem**. -MRK 11 1 g1fy translate-names Βηθφαγὴ 1 Bethphage This is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 11 2 bi22 τὴν κατέναντι ὑμῶν 1 opposite us “ahead of us” -MRK 11 2 r41g πῶλον 1 a colt This refers to a young donkey that is large enough to carry a man. -MRK 11 2 yw78 figs-activepassive ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν 1 on which no man has yet sat This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “that no one has ever ridden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 11 3 xw55 figs-explicit τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? 1 Why are you doing this? It can be written clearly what the word **this** refers to. Alternate translation: “Why are you untying and taking the colt?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 11 3 k7fd αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 has need of it “needs it” -MRK 11 3 yj5y figs-explicit εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε 1 immediately he sends it back here Jesus will send it back promptly when he is finished using it. Alternate translation: “will immediately send it back when he no longer needs it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 11 4 y381 ἀπῆλθον 1 they went away “the two disciples went away” -MRK 11 4 i2ml πῶλον 1 a colt This refers to a young donkey that is large enough to carry a man. See how you translated this in [Mark 11:2](../11/02.md). -MRK 11 6 j39z οἱ…εἶπον 1 they spoke “they responded” -MRK 11 6 ij7y καθὼς εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 just as Jesus told them “just as Jesus had told them to respond.” This refers to how **Jesus** had **told them** to respond to people’s questions about taking the colt. -MRK 11 6 m8pm figs-idiom ἀφῆκαν αὐτούς 1 they gave them permission This means that they allowed them to continue doing what they were doing. Alternate translation: “they let them take the donkey with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 11 7 ice6 ἐπιβάλλουσιν αὐτῷ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 throw their cloaks on it, and he sat on it “laid their cloaks on its back so Jesus could ride it.” It is easier to ride a colt or a horse when there is a blanket or something similar on its back. In this case, the disciples threw **their cloaks** on it. -MRK 11 7 k9g7 τὰ ἱμάτια 1 cloaks “coats” or “robes” -MRK 11 8 t8hy figs-explicit πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν 1 many spread their cloaks on the road It was a tradition to lay garments on **the road** in front of important people to honor them. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “many people spread their garments on the road to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 11 1 ch4j translate/figs-go ἐγγίζουσιν 1 And when they come to Jerusalem, to Bethphage and Bethany, to the Mount of Olives Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +MRK 11 1 g1fy translate-names Βηθφαγὴ 1 Bethphage **Bethphage** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 11 2 bi22 figs-go ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν κώμην 1 opposite us Your language may say “Come” rather than **Go** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Come into the village” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +MRK 11 2 si41 figs-youdual ὑμῶν…εὑρήσετε 1 Since the word **you** applies to the two disciples in both of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual) +MRK 11 2 r41g translate-unknown πῶλον 1 a colt The term **colt** refers to a young donkey. If your readers would not be familiar with what a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MRK 11 2 yw78 figs-gendernotations οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν 1 on which no man has yet sat Although the term **man** is masculine, Mark is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. He means that “no one” had yet sat on the donkey. Alternate translation: “no person has yet sat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +MRK 11 2 zloo figs-metonymy οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν 1 Jesus is using the term **sat** to refer to riding on an animal by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. Alternate translation: “no person has ever ridden” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy) +MRK 11 3 aw3v figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? εἴπατε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει, καὶ εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε 1 This verse contains two direct quotations within a direct quotation. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate the two direct quotations in this verse as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “And if anyone asks you why you are untying the donkey tell them that the Lord needs it and will send it back here as soon as he is done using it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 11 3 q446 figs-youdual ποιεῖτε 1 The owners of the colt are speaking to the two disciples, so **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual) +MRK 11 3 xw55 figs-explicit τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? 1 Why are you doing this? If it would be helpful to your readers you can say explicitly what the word **this** refers to. Alternate translation: “Why are you untying and taking the colt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 11 3 k7fd figs-abstractnouns αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 has need of it If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **need**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “needs it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 11 3 yj5y εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε 1 immediately he sends it back here Alternate translation: “will immediately send it back when he no longer needs it” +MRK 11 4 y381 writing-pronouns ἀπῆλθον 1 they went away Here, **they** refers to the two disciples mentioned in [11:1](../11/01.md). If it would help your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MRK 11 4 f6hc πῶλον 1 See how you translated **colt** in [Mark 11:2](../11/02.md). Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” +MRK 11 7 k9g7 translate-unknown τὰ ἱμάτια 1 cloaks The word **cloaks** refers to outer garments. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize, or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown) +MRK 11 7 sbqy figs-explicit ἐπιβάλλουσιν αὐτῷ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 The disciples did this to show that the person riding the colt was special and important. In this culture, animals that important people rode were draped with rich fabrics. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “draped the colt with their cloaks as a sign of honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 11 8 t8hy figs-explicit πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν, ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν 1 many spread their cloaks on the road Spreading **cloaks on the road** and **branches** was a way of showing honor to someone. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “many people spread their cloaks on the road, and others spread branches they had cut from the fields. They did this in order to honor Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 11 8 jk2o translate-symaction πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν, ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν 1 The words **many**, **others**, and **they** all refer to other people besides the disciples. Alternate translation: “many people spread their cloaks on the road, and other people spread branches they had cut” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction) +MRK 11 8 fwl0 ἱμάτια 1 See how you translated the word **cloaks** in [11:7](../11/07.md). Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” MRK 11 8 nx3n figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν 1 and others, branches having been cut from the fields It was a tradition to lay palm **branches** on the road in front of an important people to honor them. Alternate translation: “and others spread branches on the road that they had cut from the fields, also to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 11 9 ye41 οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες 1 those following “those who followed Jesus” -MRK 11 9 d8se translate-transliterate ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna This word means “save us,” but people also shouted it joyfully when they wanted to praise God. You can translate it according to how it was used, or you can write **Hosanna** using your language’s way of spelling that word. Alternate translation: “Praise God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -MRK 11 9 x1bz figs-explicit εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Blessed is the one who comes This is referring to Jesus. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “Blessed are you, the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 11 9 e2p6 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord This is a metonym for the Lord’s authority. Alternate translation: “with the authority of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 11 9 el81 εὐλογημένος 1 Blessed is “May God bless” -MRK 11 10 a6b4 figs-explicit εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David “Blessed is our father David’s coming kingdom.” This refers to Jesus **coming** and ruling as king. Alternate translation: “Blessed be the coming of your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 11 10 kkfo figs-activepassive εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David The word **blessed** can be translated as an active verb. Alternate translation: “May God bless you as you rule your coming kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 11 10 diq8 figs-metonymy τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 of our father David Here David’s descendant who will rule is referred to as **David** himself. Alternate translation: “of the greatest descendant of our father David” or “that David’s greatest descendant will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 11 10 b1si ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 Hosanna in the highest This could mean: (1) they should praise God who is in heaven. (2) those who are in heaven should shout ‘Hosanna’. -MRK 11 10 vqm2 figs-metaphor τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 the highest Here heaven is spoken of as **the highest**. Alternate translation: “the highest heaven” or “heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 11 11 mz8r ὀψίας ἤδη οὔσης τῆς ὥρας 1 the hour already being late “because it was already late in the day” -MRK 11 11 t5nv ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα 1 he went out to Bethany with the Twelve “he and his twelve disciples left Jerusalem and went to Bethany” -MRK 11 12 zr8n ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Βηθανίας 1 when they had returned from Bethany “while they were going back to Jerusalem from Bethany” -MRK 11 13 y447 0 Connecting Statement: This happens while Jesus and his disciples are walking to Jerusalem. -MRK 11 13 yg5n εἰ ἄρα τι εὑρήσει ἐν αὐτῇ 1 if perhaps he could find anything on it “looking to see if there was any fruit on it” -MRK 11 13 j6cq figs-litotes οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα 1 he found nothing except leaves Mark is using a negative expressions to emphasize that there were only leaves on the tree. Alternate translation: “he found only leaves on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -MRK 11 13 vy09 figs-explicit οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα 1 he found nothing except leaves This means that he did not find any figs. Alternate translation: “he did not find any figs at all on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 11 13 g76z ὁ…καιρὸς 1 the season “the time of year” -MRK 11 14 u3bk figs-apostrophe εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 he said to it, “No one will ever eat fruit from you again.” Jesus speaks to the fig tree and curses it. He speaks to it so that his disciples hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) -MRK 11 14 b362 εἶπεν αὐτῇ 1 he said to it “he spoke to the tree” -MRK 11 14 ij5h ἤκουον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples heard it The word **it** refers to Jesus speaking to the fig tree. -MRK 11 15 hj7z ἔρχονται 1 coming “Jesus and his disciples came” -MRK 11 15 md5l figs-explicit ἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 he began to cast out those selling and those buying in the temple Jesus is forcing these people out of **the temple**. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: “he began to drive the sellers and buyers out of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 11 15 s4m2 τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας 1 those selling and those buying “the people who were buying and selling” -MRK 11 17 ve56 0 General Information: God had said earlier in his word, through the prophet Isaiah, that his temple would be a house of prayer for all the nations. -MRK 11 17 xrz2 figs-rquestion οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? 1 Is it not written, ‘My house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations’? Jesus is rebuking the Jewish leaders for their misuse of the temple. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is written in the scriptures that God said, ‘I want my house to be called a house where people from all nations may pray.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 11 17 dpt1 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 But you have made it a den of robbers Jesus compares the people to **robbers** and the temple to a robbers’ **den**. Alternate translation: “But you are like robbers who have made my house into a robbers’ den” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 11 17 qc6k σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 a den of robbers “a cave where robbers hide” -MRK 11 18 k6dv ἐζήτουν πῶς 1 they were seeking a way “they were looking for a way” -MRK 11 19 h4hg ὅταν ὀψὲ ἐγένετο 1 when evening came “in the evening” -MRK 11 19 y7la ἐξεπορεύοντο ἔξω τῆς πόλεως 1 they were departing from the city “Jesus and his disciples left the city” -MRK 11 20 m27r 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus uses the example of the fig tree to remind the disciples to have faith in God. -MRK 11 20 b56h παραπορευόμενοι 1 passing by “walking along the road” -MRK 11 20 s8ki figs-explicit τὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν 1 the fig tree had been withered from its roots Translate this statement to clarify that the **tree** died. Alternate translation: “the fig tree had withered away down to its roots and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 11 20 a83v ἐξηραμμένην 1 had been withered “had dried up” -MRK 11 21 jt3h figs-explicit ἀναμνησθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος 1 having remembered, Peter It may be helpful to state what **Peter** **remembered**. Alternate translation: “Peter, remembering what Jesus had said to the fig tree,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 11 22 ry5v ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 answering, Jesus says to them “Jesus replied to his disciples” -MRK 11 23 sy61 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. -MRK 11 23 c3cj ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ 1 whoever might say “if anyone says” -MRK 11 23 y76p figs-metonymy μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ 1 may not doubt in his heart, but may believe Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “if he truly believes in his heart” or “if he does not doubt but believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 11 23 fzp5 ἔσται αὐτῷ 1 it will be for him “God will make it happen” -MRK 11 24 pn9x grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Because of this, I say to you “So I tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -MRK 11 24 tu5z figs-explicit ἔσται ὑμῖν 1 it will be yours It is understood that this will happen because God will provide what you ask for. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 11 25 m7xi ὅταν στήκετε προσευχόμενοι 1 when you stand praying It is common in Hebrew culture to **stand** when **praying** to God. Alternate translation: “when you pray” -MRK 11 25 f6ex εἴ τι ἔχετε κατά τινος 1 if you have something against anyone “whatever grudge you have against anyone.” Here the word **something** refers to any grudge you hold **against** someone for sinning against you or any anger you have against someone. -MRK 11 27 n3ei 0 Connecting Statement: The next day when Jesus returns to temple, he gives the chief priests, scribes, and elders an answer to their question about his casting the money changers out of the temple area, by asking them another question, which they were not willing to answer. -MRK 11 27 s2ac ἔρχονται…εἰς 1 they come to “Jesus and his disciples came to” -MRK 11 27 alh5 ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ 1 as he is walking around in the temple This means that Jesus was walking around inside of the temple courtyard; he was not walking into the temple. -MRK 11 28 r3ik ἔλεγον αὐτῷ 1 they were saying to him The word **they** refers to the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders. +MRK 11 9 d8se translate-transliterate ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna The word **Hosanna** is a Hebrew word. Mark spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. **Hosanna** had an original meaning of “save now” but by the time of this event it had become a way of praising God. In your translation you can spell **Hosanna** the way it sounds in your language or you can translate it according to how it was used, as the UST does. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +MRK 11 9 ye41 figs-activepassive εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 those following The word **Blessed** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, “God” is the one doing the blessing. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 11 9 suib εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 The phrase **Blessed is the one** could be: (1) a request for God to bless Jesus. Alternate translation: “May God bless the one who comes in his name” (2) stating that God had already blessed Jesus. Alternate translation: “God has blessed the one who comes in his name” +MRK 11 9 x1bz figs-explicit εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Blessed is the one who comes Here, the phrase **the one** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers you can state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Blessed are you, the one who comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 11 9 e2p6 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord Here, the phrase **in the name of** is used figuratively for authority. The phrase **in the name of the Lord** means the “with the authority of the Lord.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or express this with plain language. Alternate translation: “with the authority of the Lord” or “with the Lord’s authority” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 11 10 kkfo figs-activepassive εὐλογημένη 1 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David The word **Blessed** is passive in form. See how you translated this word in [11:9](../11/09.md). Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 11 10 a6b4 εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David The phrase **Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David** could be: (1) an exclamation proclaiming that the future messianic kingdom promised to a descendant of David is blessed by God. Alternate translation: See the UST. (2) a prayer expressing the desire that God would bless the coming messianic kingdom. Alternate translation: “May God bless the coming kingdom of our father David” +MRK 11 10 yuap figs-metaphor τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Here, the term **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” If your readers would not understand the figurative use of **father** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “of our ancestor David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 11 10 b1si ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 Hosanna in the highest See how you translated the word **Hosanna** in [11:9](../11/09.md). The phrase ** Hosanna in the highest** could be (1) an exclamation of praise to God. Alternate translation: See the UST. (2) a prayer to God for salvation from Israel’s enemies. Alternate translation: “Please save us now God in the highest” +MRK 11 10 vqm2 figs-explicit ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 the highest The phrase ** in the highest** is a figurative way or referring to heaven where God dwells. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state this explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 11 11 h2du figs-synecdoche ἱερόν 1 Since only priests could enter the temple building, here the word **temple** means the temple courtyard. Mark is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MRK 11 11 t5nv figs-go ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν 1 he went out to Bethany with the Twelve Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came to Bethany” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +MRK 11 11 rvd7 figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MRK 11 12 zr8n figs-go ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Βηθανίας 1 when they had returned from Bethany Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when they had went out from Bethany” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +MRK 11 13 y447 figs-go ἦλθεν 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]] +MRK 11 13 yg5n figs-go ἐλθὼν ἐπ’ αὐτὴν 1 if perhaps he could find anything on it Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +MRK 11 13 j6cq figs-litotes οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα 1 he found nothing except leaves Mark is using a negative expressions to emphasize that there were only leaves on the tree. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he found only leaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +MRK 11 13 g76z ὁ…καιρὸς οὐκ ἦν σύκων 1 the season Alternate translation: “it was not the time of year for figs” +MRK 11 14 u3bk figs-apostrophe εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 he said to it, “No one will ever eat fruit from you again.” Jesus is figuratively addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the fig tree, in order to teach his listeners something. If this is confusing in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about the fig tree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) +MRK 11 14 b362 figs-explicit εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 he said to it The phrase **to eternity** is a Jewish expression which means “forever.” In this context it specifically means “ever again.” Mark assumed his readers would be familiar with this expression. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning of the expression **to eternity** explicitly. Alternate translation: “ever again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 11 14 ij5h figs-doublenegatives μηκέτι…ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 his disciples heard it The phrase **no one will any longer** is a double negative. Jesus uses a double negative here for emphasis. If the meaning of this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it using only one negative statement and show the emphasis some other way. Alternate translation: “Surely, no one will eat from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +MRK 11 15 hj7z figs-go ἔρχονται εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 coming Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “going to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +MRK 11 15 c2wl figs-synecdoche ἱερὸν 1 See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MRK 11 15 hoym ἐκβάλλειν 1 Alternate translation: “to throw out” or “to force out” or “to drive out” +MRK 11 15 s4m2 τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας 1 those selling and those buying Alternate translation: “the people who were buying and selling” +MRK 11 15 ve56 figs-synecdoche ἱερῷ 1 General Information: See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MRK 11 16 ohxg figs-synecdoche ἱεροῦ 1 See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MRK 11 17 xrz2 figs-rquestion οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? 1 Is it not written, ‘My house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations’? **Has it not been written** is a rhetorical question which Jesus is using to emphasize God’s purpose for the temple as recorded in the Old Testament scriptures. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen to me! You should have payed closer attention to the scripture which says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 11 17 dxwe figs-quotesinquotes οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures that ‘his temple will be a place of prayer for all nations,’ but you have made it ‘a den of robbers’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 11 17 t9x9 figs-activepassive οὐ γέγραπται 1 If your readers would misunderstand the phrase **been written**, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “Has God not said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 11 17 qeix figs-metaphor οἶκός μου 1 God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers figuratively to his temple as his **house**, because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 11 17 t1ho figs-metaphor οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers figuratively to a place where people would pray as a **house**. Alternate translation: “will be called a place where people from all nations can pray to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 11 17 npdf figs-activepassive οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται 1 The phrase **will be called** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is people who are calling God’s temple a house of prayer. Alternate translation: “People will call my house a house of prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 11 17 qvxz figs-abstractnouns προσευχῆς…πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “pray.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 11 17 dpt1 figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 But you have made it a den of robbers God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers figuratively to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s den or lair. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 11 18 k6dv ἐζήτουν πῶς 1 they were seeking a way Alternate translation: “they were looking for a way” +MRK 11 19 h4hg ὅταν ὀψὲ ἐγένετο 1 when evening came Alternate translation: “in the evening” +MRK 11 20 s8ki figs-explicit τὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν 1 the fig tree had been withered from its roots The phrase **the fig tree had been withered from the roots** means that the **fig tree** had shriveled and dried up and was dead. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the fig tree had withered down to its roots and died” or “the fig tree was dried and shriveled down to its roots and had completely died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 11 20 a83v figs-activepassive ἐξηραμμένην 1 had been withered The phrase **had been withered** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was withered” or “had dried up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 11 21 jt3h figs-activepassive ἀναμνησθεὶς 1 having remembered, Peter The phrase **having been reminded** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 11 21 na1k figs-activepassive ἐξήρανται 1 The phrase **has been withered away** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was withered away” or “has dried up” or “has died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 11 22 ry5v figs-yousingular ἔχετε πίστιν 1 answering, Jesus says to them In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **have faith** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “Every one of you have faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 11 22 x8k7 figs-abstractnouns ἔχετε πίστιν Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “Trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 11 23 sy61 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you Jesus uses the phrase **Truly I say to you** to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” +MRK 11 23 mred figs-hyperbole ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Jesus is using hyperbole to teach. He is using an extreme example to emphasize to his disciples the point that God can do anything in response to believing prayer. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “for example, that whoever might ask God and say, ‘God please take up this mountain and cast it into the sea,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +MRK 11 23 a01g figs-metaphor ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Here, Jesus uses **mountain** figuratively to represent anything that would seem difficult or impossible to do. If your readers would not understand Jesus’ figurative use of **mountain** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that anyone of you who encounters a difficult task and asks God to do it” or “that anyone of you who encounters a difficult task and asks God to accomplish it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 11 23 dwsf figs-imperative ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 This would not be a command that the mountain would be capable of obeying. Instead, it would be a command that directly caused the mountain to be taken up and cast into the sea by the power of God. Alternate translation: “May God lift you up and cast you into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) +MRK 11 23 c3cj figs-extrainfo ὄρει τούτῳ 1 whoever might say Here, the phrase **this mountain** refers to the Mount of Olives which was mentioned in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +MRK 11 23 k3z4 figs-activepassive ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 The phrases **Be taken up** and **be cast* are both passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express these ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that “God” is the one doing it. Alternate translation: “May God lift you up and cast you into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 11 23 y76p figs-metonymy μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ 1 may not doubt in his heart, but may believe In the expression **doubt in his heart** the word **heart** figuratively represents a person’s mind or inner being. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “if he does not doubt but believes” or “if he truly believes in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 11 23 doeg figs-doublenegatives μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ 1 The phrase **not doubt** is a double negative. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “if he truly believes in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +MRK 11 23 fzp5 ἔσται αὐτῷ 1 it will be for him Alternate translation: “God will make it happen” +MRK 11 24 pn9x διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Because of this, I say to you Alternate translation: “For this reason, I say to you” +MRK 11 24 c61c figs-yousingular ὑμῖν…προσεύχεσθε…ἐλάβετε…ὑμῖν 1 In this verse, all four occurrences of the word **you** are plural and apply to Jesus’ disciples. Your language may require you to mark these as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 11 24 abke figs-yousingular πιστεύετε 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the word **believe** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “every one of you must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 11 24 tu5z figs-explicit ἔσται ὑμῖν 1 it will be yours In the phrase **it will be to you** the implication is that God will provide what is asked for. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 11 25 m2aw figs-yousingular στήκετε…ἔχετε…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν 1 In this verse every occurrence of the word **you** and **your** is plural and applies to Jesus’ disciples. Your language may require you to mark these as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 11 25 m7xi figs-explicitinfo ὅταν στήκετε προσευχόμενοι 1 when you stand praying It is common in Hebrew culture to **stand** when **praying** to God. Jesus assumes that his readers would be familiar with this practice. If this would be misunderstood in your culture you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “when you are praying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) +MRK 11 25 ttxg figs-yousingular ἀφίετε 1 In this verse, the first occurrence of the word **forgive** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “each of you must forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 11 25 swa3 figs-yousingular ἀφίετε 1 In the original language that the author of Mark wrote this Gospel in, the word **forgive** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “every one of you must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 11 25 f6ex figs-explicit εἴ τι ἔχετε κατά τινος 1 if you have something against anyone Here, **have something against anyone** refers to any anger, unforgiveness, or grudge a person holds **against** against another person for offending or sinning against them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 11 25 jjs9 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Jesus says **forgive, if you have something against anyone** with the goal that **your Father who {is} in the heavens may also forgive you your trespasses.** Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +MRK 11 25 omze figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespasses**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “sinned” or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for the times you have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 11 27 alh5 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ 1 as he is walking around in the temple The phrase, **he is walking around in the temple** means that Jesus was walking around in the temple courtyard; he was not walking in the temple since only priests were allowed in inside the temple building. See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 11 28 se9b figs-parallelism ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς? 1 By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority, so that you might do them? This could mean: (1) both of these questions have the same meaning and are asked together to strongly question Jesus’ authority and so can be combined. Alternate translation: “Who gave you authority to do these things?” (2) these are two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -MRK 11 28 p5u3 figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 these things The words **these things** refer to Jesus turning over the sellers’ tables in the temple and speaking against what the chief priests and scribes taught. Alternate translation: “things like those you did here yesterday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 11 30 jj91 τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου 1 The baptism of John “The baptism that John performed” -MRK 11 30 fr1b ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 was it from heaven or from men “was it authorized by heaven or by men” -MRK 11 30 sh7b figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven Here, **heaven** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 11 30 i5is ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 from men “from people” -MRK 11 31 s9vv figs-ellipsis ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 If we would say, ‘From heaven,’ This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: “If we say, ‘It was from heaven,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 11 31 nu1m figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven Here, **heaven** refers to God. See how you translated this in [Mark 11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 11 31 t9er οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 did you not believe him The word **him** refers to John the Baptist. -MRK 11 32 aus1 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 But we might say, ‘From men,’ This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘It was from men,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 11 32 v2gs ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 From men “From people” -MRK 11 32 b5qb figs-explicit ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων? 1 But we might say, ‘From men,’… The religious leaders imply that they will suffer from the people if they give this answer. Alternate translation: “But we do not want to say that it was from men or the crowd may attack us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 11 32 z93u figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων? 1 But we might say, ‘From men,’… The religious leaders do not finish their statement, since they all understood what would happen if they said John’s baptism was not from God. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘From men,’ that would not be good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 11 32 z998 figs-explicit ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον 1 They were afraid of the crowd The author, Mark, explains why the religious leaders did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men. You can state this clearly. “They said this to each other because they were afraid of the people” or “They did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men because they were afraid of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 11 33 us4a figs-ellipsis οὐκ οἴδαμεν 1 We do not know This refers to the baptism of John. This understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “We do not know where the baptism of John came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 12 intro ne55 0 # Mark 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10-11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Hypothetical Situations

Hypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so they learn what their hearers think is good and bad or right and wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -MRK 12 1 w2hb figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus speaks this parable against the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) -MRK 12 1 qa93 καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖν 1 Then Jesus began to speak to them in parables The word **them** here refers to the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders to whom Jesus had been talking in the previous chapter. -MRK 12 1 qap8 περιέθηκεν φραγμὸν 1 put a hedge around it He put a barrier around the vineyard. It could have been a row of shrubs, a fence, or a stone wall. -MRK 12 1 ns9e figs-explicit ὤρυξεν ὑπολήνιον 1 dug a pit for a winepress This means that he carved a pit on the rock, which would be the bottom part of the winepress used for collecting the squeezed grape juice. Alternate translation: “carved a pit into rock for the winepress” or “he made a vat to collect the juice from the winepress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 1 l2i2 ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 leased the vineyard to vine growers The owner still owned the vineyard, but he allowed the vine growers to take care of it. When the grapes became ripe, they were to give some of them to the owner and keep the rest. -MRK 12 2 s83v figs-explicit τῷ καιρῷ 1 at the season This refers to the time of harvest. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “when the time came to harvest the grapes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 3 vz7k καὶ λαβόντες αὐτὸν 1 But having seized him “But after the vine growers grabbed the slave” -MRK 12 3 c321 figs-explicit κενόν 1 with nothing This means that they did not give him any of the fruit. Alternate translation: “without any grapes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 4 f3f4 ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς 1 he sent to them “the owner of the vineyard sent to the vine growers” -MRK 12 4 w1ge figs-explicit κἀκεῖνον ἐκεφαλίωσαν 1 and that one, they wounded in the head This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “and they beat that one on the head, and they hurt him terribly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 5 l1yw figs-ellipsis ἄλλον…κἀκεῖνον ἀπέκτειναν; καὶ πολλοὺς ἄλλους 1 another, and that one they killed, and many others These phrases refer to other slaves. Alternate translation: “yet another slave, and they killed him, and many other slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 12 6 z5hz figs-explicit υἱὸν ἀγαπητόν 1 a beloved son It is implied that this is the owner’s **son**. Alternate translation: “his beloved son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 7 m63e figs-explicit ὁ κληρονόμος 1 the heir This is the owner’s **heir**, who would inherit the vineyard after his father died. Alternate translation: “the owner’s heir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 7 s5dc figs-synecdoche ἡ κληρονομία 1 the inheritance The tenants are referring to the vineyard as **the inheritance**. Alternate translation: “this vineyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MRK 12 8 gx6l λαβόντες 1 having seized him “after the vine growers seized the son” -MRK 12 9 r4md figs-rquestion τί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος? 1 Therefore, what will the lord of the vineyard do? Jesus asks a question and then gives the answer to teach the people. The question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 12 9 rde6 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 Therefore Jesus has finished telling the parable and is now asking the people what they think will happen next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -MRK 12 9 g4ce ἀπολέσει 1 destroy kill -MRK 12 9 mc5y figs-explicit δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 will give the vineyard to others The word **others** refers to other vine growers who will care for the vineyard. Alternate translation: “he will give the vineyard to other vine growers to care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 10 v6ta 0 General Information: This scripture was written long before in God’s word. -MRK 12 10 xj9j figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε: 1 And have you not read this scripture? Jesus reminds the people of a **scripture** passage. He uses a rhetorical question here to rebuke them. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read this scripture.” or “And you should remember this scripture.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 12 10 jpa3 ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 has become the head of the corner You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord made into the cornerstone” -MRK 12 11 r8z8 παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη 1 This came from the Lord “The Lord has done this” -MRK 12 11 k5w6 figs-metaphor ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes Here, **in our eyes** stands for seeing, which is a metaphor for the people’s opinion. Alternate translation: “we have seen it and think that it is marvelous” or “we think that it is wonderful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 12 12 b1vz ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι 1 they were seeking to seize him Here, **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders. This group may be referred to as “the Jewish leaders.” -MRK 12 12 sl74 ἐζήτουν 1 they were seeking “they wanted” -MRK 12 12 lx62 figs-explicit καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 but they feared the crowd They were afraid of what **the crowd** would do to them if they arrested Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “but they feared what the crowd would do if they arrested him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 12 v9wb πρὸς αὐτοὺς 1 against them “to accuse them” -MRK 12 13 s1hb 0 Connecting Statement: In an effort to trap Jesus, some of the Pharisees and Herodians, and then the Sadducees, come to Jesus with questions. -MRK 12 13 z2sf καὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν 1 And they send “Then the Jewish leaders sent” -MRK 12 13 pj3c τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 the Herodians This was the name of an informal political party that supported Herod Antipas. -MRK 12 13 kuy5 figs-metaphor ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν 1 in order to trap him Here the author describes tricking Jesus as “trapping him.” Alternate translation: “to trick him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 12 14 dh3d λέγουσιν 1 they say Here, **they** refers to those sent from among the Pharisees and the Herodians. -MRK 12 14 cp3x figs-litotes οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός 1 it is not a concern to you about anyone The negation can modify the verb. Alternate translation: “you do not care about people’s opinions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -MRK 12 14 xptc figs-idiom οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός 1 it is not a concern to you about anyone This is an idiom that means that Jesus does not show favoritism. Alternate translation: “you are not concerned with earning people’s favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 12 15 g48w figs-explicit ὁ…εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν 1 he, knowing their hypocrisy They were acting hypocritically. This can be explained more clearly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, knowing that they did not really want to know what God wanted them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 15 c7nj figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε? 1 Why do you test me? Jesus rebukes the Jewish leaders because they were trying to trick him. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you are trying to make me say something wrong so you can accuse me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 12 15 wl34 translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius This coin was worth a day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) -MRK 12 16 ev6s οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν 1 And they brought one “So the Pharisees and the Herodians brought a denarius” -MRK 12 16 wd1n ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή 1 is this likeness and inscription “is this picture and name” -MRK 12 16 gi96 figs-ellipsis οἱ…εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Καίσαρος 2 they said to him, “Caesar’s.” Here, **Caesar’s** refers to his likeness and inscription. Alternate translation: “they said, ‘They are Caesar’s likeness and inscription” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 12 17 fl4l figs-metonymy τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι 1 The things of Caesar, give back to Caesar Jesus is teaching that his people must respect the government by paying taxes. This figure of speech can be clarified by changing **Caesar** to Roman government. Alternate translation: “Give to the Roman government the things that belong to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 12 17 la16 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and the things of God, to God The understood verb may be supplied. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 12 17 pw4r figs-explicit ἐξεθαύμαζον ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 they were marveling at him They were amazed at what Jesus had said. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they marveled at him and at what he had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 18 rdl7 figs-explicit οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 who say there is no resurrection This phrase explains who the Sadducees were. This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “who say there is no resurrection from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 19 e8x2 figs-quotations Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ 1 Moses wrote to us, ‘If someone’s brother may die The Sadducees are quoting what **Moses** had written in the law. Moses’ quote can be expressed as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote for us that if a man’s brother dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -MRK 12 19 m8fh ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν 1 wrote to us “wrote to us Jews.” The Sadducees were a group of Jews. Here they use the word **us** to refer to themselves and all Jews. -MRK 12 19 g49e λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα 1 his brother should take the wife “the man should marry his brother’s wife” -MRK 12 19 m2um figs-explicit ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 should raise up offspring to his brother “have a son for his brother.” The man’s first son would be considered to be the dead brother’s son, and the son’s descendants would be considered to be the dead brother’s descendants. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “should have a son who will be considered to be the dead brother’s son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 20 wz27 figs-hypo ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν 1 There were seven brothers The Sadducees talk about a situation that did not really happen because they want Jesus to tell them what he thinks is right and wrong. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -MRK 12 20 pj71 ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first the first brother -MRK 12 20 af1t ὁ πρῶτος ἔλαβεν γυναῖκα 1 the first took a wife “the first married a woman.” Here marrying a woman is spoken of as “taking” her. -MRK 12 21 d61g figs-ellipsis ὁ δεύτερος…ὁ τρίτος 1 the second … the third These numbers refer to each of the brothers and can be expressed as such. Alternate translation: “the second brother … the third brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 12 21 na6s ὁ δεύτερος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν 1 the second took her “the second married her.” Here marrying a woman is spoken of as “taking” her. -MRK 12 21 l1ds figs-explicit ὁ τρίτος ὡσαύτως 1 the third likewise It may be helpful to explain what **likewise** means. Alternate translation: “the third brother married her as his other bothers did, and he also died leaving no children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 22 wjq8 figs-ellipsis οἱ ἑπτὰ 1 the seven This refers to all the brothers. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 12 22 l3dg figs-explicit οἱ ἑπτὰ οὐκ ἀφῆκαν σπέρμα 1 the seven did not leave offspring Each of the brothers married the woman and then died before he had any children with her. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “eventually all seven brothers married that woman one by one, but none of them had any children with her, and one by one they died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 23 w4wu figs-rquestion ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει, ὅταν ἀναστῶσιν, τίνος αὐτῶν ἔσται γυνή 1 In the resurrection, when they may rise again, of which of them will she be a wife? The Sadducees are testing Jesus by asking this question. If your readers can only understand this as a request for information, this can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Now tell us whose wife she will be in the resurrection, when they all rise again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 12 24 zp2p figs-rquestion οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 Are you not being led astray because of this, not knowing the scriptures nor the power of God? Jesus rebukes the Sadducees because they are mistaken about God’s law. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are mistaken because you do not know the scriptures nor the power of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 12 24 li2y μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς 1 not knowing the scriptures This means that they do not understand what is written in the Old Testament **scriptures**. -MRK 12 24 i8il τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the power of God “how powerful God is” -MRK 12 25 nvh6 ὅταν γὰρ…ἀναστῶσιν 1 For when they may rise Here the word **they** refers to the brothers and the woman from the example. -MRK 12 25 y8vz figs-metaphor ἀναστῶσιν 1 they may rise Waking and getting up from sleep is a metaphor for becoming alive after having been dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 12 25 vh7r ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again. -MRK 12 25 p5ak οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 they neither marry nor are given in marriage “they do not marry, and they are not given in marriage” -MRK 12 25 h7ii figs-activepassive γαμίζονται 1 are given in marriage You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and no one gives them in marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 12 25 pi8l τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 the heavens This refers to the place where God lives. -MRK 12 26 z36n figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐγείρονται 1 that are raised This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: “who rise” or “who rise to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 12 26 jc5a τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως 1 the book of Moses “the book that Moses wrote” -MRK 12 26 w2lj figs-explicit τοῦ βάτου 1 the bush This refers to the part of the Book of Moses that tells about when God spoke to Moses out of a **bush** that was burning but that did not burn up. Alternate translation: “the passage about the burning bush” or “the words about the fiery bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 26 si2b τοῦ βάτου 1 the bush This refers to a shrub, a woody plant that is smaller than a tree. -MRK 12 26 y35v πῶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς 1 how God spoke to him “about when God spoke to Moses” -MRK 12 26 re82 ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ 1 I am the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob This means that **Abraham**, **Isaac**, and **Jacob** worship **God**. These men have died physically, but they are still alive spiritually and still worship God. -MRK 12 27 dgc9 figs-nominaladj Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 the God of the dead, but of the living Here, **the dead** refers to people who are dead, and **the living** refers to people who are alive. Alternate translation: “not the God of dead people, but of living people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -MRK 12 27 v7ui figs-ellipsis Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 the God of the dead, but of the living You can state **the God** clearly in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “not the God of dead people, but the God of living people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 12 27 l22e ζώντων 1 of the living This includes people who are alive physically and spiritually. -MRK 12 27 wmz2 figs-explicit πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 You are quite being led astray It may be helpful to state what they are lead astray about. Alternate translation: “When you say that dead people do not rise again, you are quite mistaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 27 sp7x πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 You are quite being led astray “You are completely mistaken” or “You are very wrong” -MRK 12 28 q1u5 ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτόν 1 he asked him “the scribe asked Jesus” -MRK 12 29 n74y figs-nominaladj πρώτη ἐστίν 1 The first is Here, **The first** refers to the most important commandment. Alternate translation: “The most important commandment is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -MRK 12 29 mq92 ἄκουε, Ἰσραήλ, Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν 1 Hear, O Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one “Listen, O Israel! The Lord our God is one Lord” -MRK 12 30 xjng figs-doublet ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου 1 from your whole heart … from your whole soul … from your whole mind … from your whole strength These four phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -MRK 12 30 q49v figs-metonymy ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου 1 from your whole heart, and from your whole soul Here, **heart** and “soul” are metonyms for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 12 31 tp6p figs-simile ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You will love your neighbor as yourself Jesus uses this simile to compare how people are to love each other with the same love as they love themselves. Alternate translation: “You must love your neighbor as much as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -MRK 12 31 pyc1 τούτων 1 than these Here the word **these** refers to the two commandments that Jesus had just told the people. -MRK 12 32 qqm4 καλῶς, Διδάσκαλε 1 Good, Teacher “Good answer, Teacher” or “Well said, Teacher” -MRK 12 32 awe3 figs-idiom εἷς ἐστιν 1 he is one This means that there is only **one** God. Alternate translation: “there is only one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 12 32 as2j figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος 1 that there is no other The word “God” is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “that there is no other God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 12 33 xnq9 figs-doublet ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας…ἐξ ὅλης τῆς συνέσεως…ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος 1 from your whole heart … from your whole understanding … from your whole strength These three phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -MRK 12 33 k42a figs-metonymy ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας 1 from your whole heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for person’s thoughts, feelings, or inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 12 33 tw15 figs-simile τὸ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν 1 to love your neighbor as yourself This simile compares how people are **to love** each other with the same love that they love themselves. Alternate translation: “to love your neighbor as much as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -MRK 12 33 ll9t figs-idiom περισσότερόν ἐστιν 1 is even more than This idiom means that something is more important than something else. In this case, these two commandments are more pleasing to God that burnt offering and sacrifices. This may be written clearly. Alternate translation: “is even more important than” or “is even more pleasing to God than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 12 34 b144 figs-litotes οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “You are very close to the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -MRK 12 34 is4c figs-metaphor οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God Here Jesus speaks of the man being ready to submit to God as king as being physically close to **the kingdom of God**, as if it where a physical place. Alternate translation: “You are close to submitting to God as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 12 34 rgh8 figs-litotes οὐδεὶς οὐκέτι ἐτόλμα 1 no one any longer was daring You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “everyone was afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -MRK 12 35 ptc8 figs-explicit ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἔλεγεν διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 answering, Jesus, teaching in the temple, said Some time has passed and Jesus is now in the temple. This is not part of the previous conversation. Alternate translation: “And later, while Jesus was teaching in the temple area, he said to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 35 q6e4 figs-rquestion πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι ὁ Χριστὸς, υἱὸς Δαυείδ ἐστιν? 1 How do the scribes say that the Christ is the son of David? Jesus uses this question to get the people to think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Consider why the scribes say the Christ is the son of David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 12 35 i6a4 υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 the son of David “a descendant of David” -MRK 12 36 e1zq figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 David himself This word **himself** refers to **David** and is used to place emphasis on him and what he said. Alternate translation: “It was David who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -MRK 12 36 ejy2 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ 1 in the Holy Spirit This means that he was inspired by **the Holy Spirit**. That is, the Holy Spirit directed David in what he said. Alternate translation: “inspired by the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 12 36 dv7b figs-explicit εἶπεν…εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 said, ‘The Lord said to my Lord Here David calls God **The Lord** and calls the Christ **my Lord**. This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “said about the Christ, ‘The Lord God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 36 v53p translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand Jesus is quoting a psalm. Here God is speaking to the Christ. To sit at the **right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -MRK 12 36 mml8 figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I may place your enemies under your feet In this quote, God speaks of defeating enemies as placing them under his feet. Alternate translation: “until I completely defeat your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 12 37 ka5u λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον 1 calls him ‘Lord,’ Here the word **him** refers to the Christ. -MRK 12 37 rh2t figs-rquestion καὶ πόθεν υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? 1 and how is he his son? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “so consider how the Christ can be a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 12 38 z649 figs-abstractnouns ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 greetings in the marketplaces The noun **greetings** can be expressed with the verb “greet.” Alternate translation: “for people to greet them in the marketplaces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MRK 12 38 k31m figs-explicit ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 greetings in the marketplaces These greetings showed that the people respected the scribes. Alternate translation: “to be greeted respectfully in the marketplaces” or “for people to greet them respectfully in the marketplaces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 40 jtw4 figs-metaphor οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 They devour the houses of the widows Here Jesus describes the scribes’ cheating of **widows** and stealing of their **houses** as “devouring” their houses. Alternate translation: “They also cheat widows in order to steal their houses from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 12 40 j27b figs-synecdoche τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 the houses of the widows The words **widows** and **houses** are synecdoches for helpless people and all of a person’s important possessions, respectively. Alternate translation: “everything from helpless people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MRK 12 40 qm52 figs-activepassive οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 These will receive greater condemnation You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish them with greater condemnation” or “God will certainly punish them severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 12 40 h36x figs-explicit λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 will receive greater condemnation The word **greater** implies a comparison. Here the comparison is to other men who are punished. Alternate translation: “will receive greater condemnation than other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 12 41 r69x 0 Connecting Statement: Still in the temple area, Jesus comments on the value of the widow’s offering. -MRK 12 41 p2kp τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου 1 the temple offering box This **box**, which everyone could use, was the place into which people gave offerings to the **temple**. -MRK 12 42 g6ry translate-bmoney λεπτὰ δύο 1 two mites “two small copper coins.” These were the least valuable coins available. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) -MRK 12 42 n29e ἐστιν κοδράντης 1 are a quadrans “are worth very little.” A **quadrans** is worth very little. Translate **quadrans** with the name of the smallest coin in your language if you have one that is worth very little. +MRK 11 28 ooxp figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίᾳ…ἐξουσίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized” or express the meaning some other way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 11 29 erqp figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized” or express the meaning some other way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 11 29 aak2 ἕνα λόγον 1 Here, Jesus is using the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “a question” +MRK 11 30 vpgv τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 Jesus knows that John’s authority came from God, so he is not asking the Jewish leaders for information. However, this is not a rhetorical question that could be translated as a statement, for example, “Surely you must admit that God, not people, gave John the authority to baptize.” This is an actual question that Jesus wants the Jewish leaders to try to answer, because he knows that either way they answer, they will have a problem. So his words should be translated as a question. Alternate translation: “Was it God who told John to baptize people, or did people tell him to do it?” +MRK 11 30 jj91 τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου 1 The baptism of John Alternate translation: “The baptism that John performed” +MRK 11 30 sh7b figs-euphemism ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** instead. That seems to be what Jesus is doing here. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +MRK 11 30 i5is figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 from men Here, Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” or “humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +MRK 11 30 fr1b ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 was it from heaven or from men Alternate translation: “was it authorized by God or by men” +MRK 11 30 mc8n figs-yousingular ἀποκρίθητέ μοι 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this book in the word **Answer** is a command written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 11 31 s9vv grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 If we would say, ‘From heaven,’ The Jewish leaders are describing a hypothetical situation. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say, ‘From heaven.’ Then he will ask, ‘Then why did you not believe him’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) +MRK 11 31 e7j4 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that John’s authority came from God, Jesus will ask us why we did not believe him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 11 31 nu1m figs-euphemism ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven See how you translated the expression **From heaven** in [11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +MRK 11 32 tczm grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, the Jewish leaders are describing another hypothetical situation. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose we say, ‘From men.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) +MRK 11 32 aus1 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 But we might say, ‘From men,’ The phrase **From men** refers to the source of the baptism of John. If it would help your readers you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘John’s baptism was from men,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 11 32 v2gs figs-gendernotations ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 From men See how you translated the phrase **From men** in [11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +MRK 11 32 b5qb figs-quotesinquotes ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 But we might say, ‘From men,’… If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that John’s authority came from people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 11 32 z93u figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων? 1 But we might say, ‘From men,’… The religious leaders do not finish their statement, since they all understand what will happen if they say John’s baptism is not from God. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘From men,’ that would not be good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 11 32 z998 grammar-connect-time-background ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον, ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον τὸν Ἰωάννην, ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν 1 They were afraid of the crowd The author of Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “They said this to each other because they were afraid of the crowd, for all the people in the crowd believed that John really was a prophet” or “They did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men because they were afraid of the crowd, since all the people in the crowd believed that John truly was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) +MRK 11 32 dqlt grammar-collectivenouns ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον 1 The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “They were afraid of the group of people gathered there” or “They were afraid of the many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +MRK 11 32 x4bo grammar-collectivenouns ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον 1 Here, the word **all** refers to the people in the crowd. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for everyone in the crowd held” or “for all those who were in the crowd believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 11 33 rmbd grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 Here, Mark uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +MRK 11 33 us4a figs-ellipsis οὐκ οἴδαμεν 1 We do not know The reply **We do not know** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We do not know where the baptism of John came from” or “We do not know where John’s authority to baptize came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 11 33 av5y grammar-connect-logic-result οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 With the words **Neither do I say to you**, Jesus is indicating that this is the result of what the Jewish leaders told him. Alternate translation: “Then I will not tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +MRK 11 33 arpm figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized” or express the meaning some other way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 12 intro ne55 0 # Mark 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10-11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Hypothetical Situations

Hypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so they learn what their hearers think is good and bad or right and wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])


## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. In this chapter, Jesus quotes a psalm that records David calling his son “lord,” that is, “master.” However, to the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants, so a father would not call his son “master.” In this passage, Mark 12:35-37, Jesus is trying to lead his hearers to the true understanding that the Messiah will be divine, and that he himself is the Messiah. So David is speaking to his son, that is, his descendant, as the Messiah, and it is appropriate for him to address him as his “Lord.” +MRK 12 1 w2hb figs-parables καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖν 1 Connecting Statement: To help the people understand what the Jewish leaders were doing by rejecting him and John the Baptist, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the people stories to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) +MRK 12 1 qa93 writing-participants ἀμπελῶνα ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν 1 Then Jesus began to speak to them in parables Jesus uses the phrase **A man planted a vineyard** to introduce the main character into the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing the main character into a story. Alternate translation: “There once was a man who planted a vineyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +MRK 12 1 l2i2 translate-unknown ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 leased the vineyard to vine growers As the rest of the story shows, the man rented the vineyard not for regular cash payments, but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MRK 12 1 fd71 γεωργοῖς 1 While **farmers** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers” +MRK 12 2 s83v figs-explicit τῷ καιρῷ 1 at the season This refers to the time of harvest. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 2 su2e γεωργοὺς…γεωργῶν 1 See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md). +MRK 12 2 oxoo figs-metaphor καρπῶν 1 The word **fruit** could be: (1) intended literally. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 3 c321 figs-metaphor ἀπέστειλαν κενόν 1 with nothing Jesus speaks figuratively of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Here, the word **empty** means that they did not give him any of the fruit. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 4 jhi3 καὶ ἠτίμασαν 1 Alternate translation: “and humiliated” +MRK 12 6 z5hz figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, ὅτι ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου 1 a beloved son If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “thinking that they would respect his son” or “thinking to himself that the farmers would respect his son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 12 7 m63e figs-explicit ἐκεῖνοι δὲ οἱ γεωργοὶ πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς εἶπαν, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; δεῦτε, ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, καὶ ἡμῶν ἔσται ἡ κληρονομία 1 the heir It may be helpful to state explicitly that this happened after the owner sent his son and he arrived as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 7 kefz γεωργοὶ 1 See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md). +MRK 12 7 s5dc figs-metonymy ἡ κληρονομία 1 the inheritance By inheritance, the farmers mean the vineyard, which the son would inherit. Alternate translation: “this vineyard, which he is going to inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 8 gx6l grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 having seized him Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. The farmers carried out the plan they had decided on. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +MRK 12 9 r4md figs-rquestion τί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος? 1 Therefore, what will the lord of the vineyard do? Jesus does not want the people to tell him what the owner of the vineyard will do. Rather, he is using the question form to get his listeners to pay attention to what he says the owner will do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them” or “So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 12 9 tlji γεωργούς 1 See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md). +MRK 12 9 g4ce translate-unknown δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 destroy See how you translated the similar expression in [12:1](../12/01.md). Alternate translation: “allow different grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MRK 12 9 mc5y figs-explicit δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 will give the vineyard to others The word **others** refers to other vine growers who will care for the vineyard. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will give the vineyard to other farmers to care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 10 v6ta figs-quotesinquotes οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε: λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 General Information: If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read the Scripture that says that the stone which the builders rejected became the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 12 10 xj9j figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε: 1 And have you not read this scripture? Jesus does not want the Jewish leaders to tell him whether or not they have read the scripture he quotes to them. He knows that they have read the scripture. He is using the question form for emphasis and to rebuke them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read this scripture” or “And you should remember this scripture” or “And you should pay attention to this scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 12 10 mzr2 figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 This is a quotation from Psalm 118, and it is a metaphor. It refers to the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject him. When the psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, this means figuratively that God will nevertheless make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 10 kv7t figs-explicit λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 The psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “The stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 10 l5ma figs-idiom κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The phrase the **head of the corner** is an idiom that refers to a large stone with straight edges that builders would place down first and use as a reference to make sure that the walls of a stone building were straight and that the building was oriented in the right direction. Your language may have its own term for such a stone. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the reference stone for the whole building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 12 11 r8z8 figs-quotesinquotes παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 This came from the Lord This entire verse is a continuation of Jesus’ quotation from Psalm 118. If you chose not to translate [12:10](../12/10.md) as a quotation within a quotation then you should do the same with this verse. Alternate translation: “and which says that it was the Lord who did it and those who saw it marveled as they looked at it” or “and that it was the Lord who did it and those who saw it marveled when they saw what the Lord had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 12 11 k5w6 figs-metonymy ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes **in our eyes** is a figurative way of referring to the act of seeing. Here, the act of seeing could be referring to “thinking” about or “considering” what is seen. Alternate translation: “we have seen it and think that it is marvelous” or “we think that it is wonderful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 12 b1vz writing-pronouns ἐζήτουν 1 they were seeking to seize him Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could refer to this group as “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MRK 12 12 lx62 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 but they feared the crowd Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. The religious leaders fear of the crowd is why they **left** Jesus and **went away**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “but because they were afraid of the crowd they did not” or “but they did not because they feared the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) +MRK 12 12 v9wb figs-infostructure καὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον; ἔγνωσαν γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν εἶπεν. καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν, ἀπῆλθον 1 against them If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to show the logical sequence of events. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +MRK 12 12 v5wv grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 Here, Mark uses the word **but** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and this reason why they were not able to do. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however they were afraid of what the people might do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +MRK 12 13 z2sf writing-pronouns καὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν 1 And they send Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If it would help your readers, you could refer to this group as “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MRK 12 13 pj3c figs-explicit τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 the Herodians **the Herodians** supported the Roman Empire and Herod Antipas. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 13 kuy5 figs-metaphor ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν 1 in order to trap him Here, Mark describes tricking Jesus as “trapping him.” If your readers would not understand what it means to be trapped in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to trick him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 13 s1hb figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, Mark uses the term **word** figuratively to mean something Jesus might say by using words. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in something he might say” or “with something he might say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 14 dh3d figs-synecdoche λέγουσιν 1 they say Mark could mean that one person spoke to Jesus on behalf of the whole group. So instead of **they**, you could say “one of them,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MRK 12 14 xhl6 Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). +MRK 12 14 awv5 figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 The spies are speaking only of themselves, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +MRK 12 14 cp3x οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός 1 it is not a concern to you about anyone Alternate translation: “you do not try to earn people’s favor but rather fearlessly teach the truth without worrying about people’s opinion” +MRK 12 14 xptc figs-idiom οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 it is not a concern to you about anyone The phrase **not look at the face of men** is a Hebrew expression that means to not give attention to people’s outward appearances. Outward appearance in this context refers to social position and whether or not a person was wealthy or influential or had a high religious position. This phrase taken as a whole here means that Jesus was impartial in his judgement and teaching and did not show favoritism. Alternate translation: “for you pay no attention to external things when you speak” or “for you do not regard people’s position or status when you teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 12 14 qvpo figs-metonymy πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 The Jewish leaders are using the term **face** figuratively to mean “external status and position.” Alternate translation: “the status and position of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 14 brm3 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Mark is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +MRK 12 14 yfnc figs-metaphor ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The Jewish leaders speak figuratively of how God wants people to live as if it were a **way** or path that people should follow. Alternate translation: “how God wants people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 14 ap2q figs-abstractnouns ἐπ’ ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “truthfully”, or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 12 14 k0tw figs-explicit ἔξεστιν 1 The Jewish leaders are asking about God’s law, not the law of the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Does God’s law permit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 14 gtsk figs-metonymy Καίσαρι 1 The Jewish leaders are referring figuratively to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 15 g48w figs-abstractnouns ὁ δὲ εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν, εἶπεν 1 he, knowing their hypocrisy If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hypocrisy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “But Jesus knew that they were not being sincere, so he said” or “But Jesus realized that they were trying to trick him, and so he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 12 15 c7nj figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε 1 Why do you test me? Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here as a rebuke and for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for these purposes in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I know that you are trying to make me say something wrong so you can accuse me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 12 15 wl34 translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. Alternate translation: “a Roman coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) +MRK 12 16 ev6s οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν 1 And they brought one Alternate translation: “So the Pharisees and the Herodians brought a denarius” +MRK 12 16 gi96 figs-explicit Καίσαρος 1 they said to him, “Caesar’s.” Here, **Caesar’s** refers to Caesar’s likeness and inscription. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They are Caesar’s likeness and inscription” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 17 fl4l figs-metonymy τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι 1 The things of Caesar, give back to Caesar See how you translated **Caesar** in [12:14](../12/14.md). Alternate translation: “Give to the Roman government the things that belong to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 17 la16 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and the things of God, to God Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things that belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 12 18 edcn writing-background οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 Mark provides this background information about the Sadducees to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “who are a sect who deny the resurrection of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MRK 12 18 y8yo writing-participants καὶ ἔρχονται Σαδδουκαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 Mark uses the statement **Sadducees … come to him** to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees, who say there is not resurrection, then came to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +MRK 12 18 ss09 figs-distinguish Σαδδουκαῖοι…οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “Sadducees believe that no one will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +MRK 12 18 rdl7 figs-explicit οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 who say there is no resurrection The word **resurrection** refers to becoming alive again after being dead. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 18 ax25 figs-synecdoche λέγοντες 1 Mark could mean that one Sadducee spoke on behalf of the whole group, and you could indicate that as UST does. If you decide to do that, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “One of them said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MRK 12 19 w3ev Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). +MRK 12 19 e8x2 figs-metonymy Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ 1 Moses wrote to us, ‘If someone’s brother may die These Sadducees are figuratively describing Moses giving this instruction in the law by association with the way that he wrote it down. Alternate translation: “Moses instructed us in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 19 m8fh figs-exclusive ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν 1 wrote to us Here, the word **us** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. The Sadducees mean “us Jews,” and they are speaking to Jesus, who is also a Jew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +MRK 12 19 kgws figs-hypo ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ, καὶ καταλίπῃ γυναῖκα καὶ μὴ ἀφῇ τέκνον 1 Alternate translation: “if a man’s brother dies who is married but who does not have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +MRK 12 19 g49e ἵνα λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα 1 his brother should take the wife Alternate translation: “that man should marry his dead brother’s widow” or “that the man should marry his brother’s wife” +MRK 12 19 m2um figs-metaphor καὶ ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 should raise up offspring to his brother The Sadducees assume that Jesus will know that this law specified that if the widow had children by her dead husband’s brother, those children would be considered the children of her dead husband. Alternate translation: “and have children who will be considered his brother’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 19 r0tg figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 The term **seed** figuratively means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 20 wz27 figs-hypo ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν; καὶ ὁ πρῶτος ἔλαβεν γυναῖκα, καὶ ἀποθνῄσκων, οὐκ ἀφῆκεν σπέρμα 1 There were seven brothers While the Sadducees describe this as if it happened, they are actually asking about a hypothetical possibility in order to test Jesus. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers, and the oldest brother got married, but he died before he had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +MRK 12 20 pj71 figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MRK 12 20 pj2g translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +MRK 12 20 af1t figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 the first took a wife See how you translated this figurative sense of the word seed in [12:19](../12/19.md).. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 21 uef6 figs-hypo καὶ 1 The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +MRK 12 21 d61g figs-nominaladj ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second … the third Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MRK 12 21 na6s translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second took her If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number two” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +MRK 12 21 cgzm figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 See how you translated this figurative sense of the word seed in [12:19](../12/19.md).. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 21 tbzw figs-explicit καὶ ὁ τρίτος ὡσαύτως 1 The Sadducees are speaking in a compact way in order to keep the story short. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the information they leave out from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “In the same way, the third brother married this widow, but also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 21 l1ds figs-nominaladj ὁ τρίτος 1 the third likewise Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the third brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MRK 12 21 hx1q translate-ordinal ὁ τρίτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +MRK 12 22 wjq8 figs-ellipsis οἱ ἑπτὰ 1 the seven The Sadducees are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 12 22 l3dg figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 the seven did not leave offspring See how you translated this figurative sense of the word seed in [12:19](../12/19.md).. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 23 w4wu ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 In the resurrection, when they may rise again, of which of them will she be a wife? The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead” +MRK 12 23 c4p5 figs-ellipsis οἱ…ἑπτὰ 1 The Sadducees are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 12 24 zp2p figs-rquestion οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 Are you not being led astray because of this, not knowing the scriptures nor the power of God? Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the fact that the Sadducees do not correctly understand the scriptures or God’s power. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are greatly misunderstanding this matter because you do not know the scriptures nor the power of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 12 24 sie3 figs-activepassive οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You are greatly mistaken because you do not know the scriptures or God’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 12 24 i8il τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the power of God Alternate translation: “how powerful God is” +MRK 12 25 nvh6 writing-pronouns ὅταν γὰρ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῶσιν, οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 For when they may rise Both uses of the pronoun **they** refer to men and women in general. If it would help your readers, you could clarify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “For when men and women rise from the dead, they neither marry nor are given in marriage” or “For when men and women rise from the dead, they neither marry nor are given in marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MRK 12 25 ox82 figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MRK 12 25 y8vz figs-activepassive οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 they may rise If your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can say who does the action in the second case. Alternate translation: “men marry wives and parents give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 12 25 ensg figs-idiom οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 In this culture, the idiom was to say that men married their wives and that women were given in marriage to their husbands by their parents. If your culture does not use different expressions like that, you can use a single term here. Alternate translation: “they do not get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 12 25 asw4 figs-explicit ἀλλ’ εἰσὶν ὡς ἄγγελοι ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that angels do not marry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they will be like the angels, who do not marry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 25 pi8l grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 the heavens What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what is currently the case on earth. Jesus is using this contrast to show the Sadducees that they mistakenly thought that men and women being raised from the dead automatically meant that their existence would follow the same pattern or order of things as their former lives did. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +MRK 12 26 mffe figs-nominaladj τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. See how you translated the phrase **the dead** in [12:25](../12/25.md). Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MRK 12 26 z36n figs-activepassive τῶν νεκρῶν, ὅτι ἐγείρονται 1 that are raised If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who does the action. Alternate translation: “the matter of God bringing back to life people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 12 26 eod4 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here for emphasis in order to rebuke the Sadducees for not correctly understanding the scriptures. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have surely read in the book of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 12 26 jc5a figs-possession τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως 1 the book of Moses Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the book that Moses wrote, the Pentateuch. Jesus is not using the possessive form to indicate a book that Moses owned this book. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify this in your translation. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +MRK 12 26 w2lj figs-explicit ἐπὶ τοῦ βάτου 1 the bush Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he means the bush in the desert that was burning without being consumed, at which Moses encountered God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 26 si2b figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τοῦ βάτου 1 the bush Jesus is not referring to the actual encounter that Moses had with God at the burning bush, since during that encounter Moses did not say the words that Jesus attributes to him here. Rather, God said those words about himself, and Moses recorded them in the Scriptures. So Jesus is referring by association to the passage in which Moses describes his encounter with God at the burning bush. Alternate translation: “in the passage where he wrote about the burning bush” or “in the scripture about the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 26 y35v figs-verbs λέγων 1 how God spoke to him In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “he called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]]) +MRK 12 26 re82 figs-explicit ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ 1 I am the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 27 dgc9 figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 the God of the dead, but of the living Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MRK 12 27 xxzs figs-nominaladj ζώντων 1 Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MRK 12 27 v7ui figs-activepassive πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 the God of the dead, but of the living If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You are greatly mistaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 12 28 zqy4 writing-participants καὶ…εἷς τῶν γραμματέων 1 Mark uses the statement **And one of the scribes** to introduce this new character into the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “one of the scribes” identifies him as a teacher who had carefully studied the Law of Moses. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “A man who taught the Jewish laws” as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +MRK 12 28 b3yh figs-metonymy ἰδὼν 1 Here, Mark is using the word **seen** figuratively to mean “understood” or “knew.” He is figuratively describing something a person would perceive with their mind by association with eyes. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “He understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 28 q1u5 figs-metaphor ποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων 1 he asked him Here, the scribe is using the word **first** figuratively to represent to mean “most important.” If your readers would not understand the figurative use of **first** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state the meaning using plain language, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 28 kftz translate-ordinal ποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +MRK 12 29 ztyh figs-metaphor πρώτη 1 Here, Jesus continues the figurative use of the word **first**. See how you translated the phrase **The first** in [12:28](../12/28.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 29 euim figs-ellipsis πρώτη 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The first commandment is this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 12 29 n74y figs-nominaladj πρώτη 1 The first is If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase **The first** in [12:28](../12/28.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MRK 12 29 mq92 figs-personification Ἰσραήλ 1 Hear, O Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one Jesus is citing a scripture from Deuteronomy in which God is referring figuratively to all of the people of Israel as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “O Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +MRK 12 29 mmtb Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν 1 **the Lord our God, the Lord is one** could be: (1) an affirmation of the exclusiveness of the Lord as Israel’s god for the purpose of reminding Israel that the Lord was to be the only god they should worship. Alternate translation: “the Lord alone is our God” (2) an affirmation of the uniqueness of the Lord. Alternate translation: “the Lord our God, the Lord is special” +MRK 12 30 thj7 figs-declarative ἀγαπήσεις 1 Here, Jesus is quoting a scripture in which a future statement is used to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +MRK 12 30 xjng figs-merism ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου 1 from your whole heart … from your whole soul … from your whole mind … from your whole strength Jesus is citing a scripture from Deuteronomy in which God is referring figuratively to the entirety of a person by listing different parts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with the entirety of your being” or “completely with your entire person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +MRK 12 30 q49v figs-metaphor ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου 1 from your whole heart, and from your whole soul Here, the term **heart** figuratively represents a person’s mind and specifically the mind as the center and source of persons thinking and will. Alternate translation: “with all your mind” or “with your whole mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 30 m8hi ἐξ…ἐξ…ἐξ…ἐξ 1 Alternate translation: “with” +MRK 12 30 x3n5 figs-abstractnoun ψυχῆς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **soul**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 12 30 ln0t figs-abstractnoun διανοίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mind**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 12 30 mii2 figs-abstractnoun ἰσχύος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **strength**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 12 31 eu8b figs-ellipsis δευτέρα αὕτη 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The second commandment is this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 12 31 fz8g figs-metaphor δευτέρα 1 Here, Jesus is using the word **second** figuratively to mean “most important.” If your readers would not understand the figurative use of **first** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 31 oegh translate-ordinal δευτέρα 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **second**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +MRK 12 31 np4y figs-ellipsis ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “You will love your neighbor as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 12 31 tp6p figs-declarative ἀγαπήσεις 1 You will love your neighbor as yourself Here, Jesus is quoting a scripture in which a future statement is used to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +MRK 12 31 pyc1 figs-explicit τούτων 1 than these Here, the word **these** refers to the two commandments that Jesus has just quoted. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 32 uhgy Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). +MRK 12 32 qqm4 figs-abstractnouns ἀληθείας 1 Good, Teacher If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 12 32 awe3 εἷς ἐστιν 1 he is one See how you translated the phrase **is one** in [12:29](../12/29.md). +MRK 12 32 as2j figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος 1 that there is no other The scribe is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context.. Alternate translation: “that there is no other god” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 12 33 v8yn figs-metaphor καρδίας 1 See how you translated the phrase **whole heart** in [12:30](../12/30.md). Alternate translation: “with all your mind” or “with your whole mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 33 xnq9 figs-abstractnouns συνέσεως 1 from your whole heart … from your whole understanding … from your whole strength If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **understanding**, you could express the same idea in another way as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 12 33 k42a figs-abstractnouns ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος 1 from your whole heart See how you translated the phrase **whole strength** in [12:30](../12/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 12 33 ekfy figs-ellipsis τὸ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν 1 The scribe is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to love your neighbor as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 12 33 ll9t περισσότερόν ἐστιν 1 is even more than Alternate translation: “is even more important than” or “is greater than” +MRK 12 34 hkf7 figs-metonymy ἰδὼν αὐτὸν 1 See how you translated the use of the word **seen** in [12:28](../12/28.md) where it is used with the same figurative meaning. Alternate translation: “having understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 34 b144 οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God If it would help your readers you can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “You are very close to the kingdom of God” +MRK 12 34 is4c figs-metaphor οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God Here, Jesus speaks of the man being ready to submit to God as being physically close to **the kingdom of God**, as if it where a physical place. Alternate translation: “You are close to submitting to God as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 34 lfti figs-abstractnouns Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in another way, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 12 34 rgh8 figs-doublenegatives οὐδεὶς οὐκέτι ἐτόλμα 1 no one any longer was daring If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everyone was afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +MRK 12 35 ptc8 figs-synecdoche ἱερῷ 1 answering, Jesus, teaching in the temple, said See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MRK 12 35 q6e4 figs-rquestion πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι ὁ Χριστὸς, υἱὸς Δαυείδ ἐστιν? 1 How do the scribes say that the Christ is the son of David? This does not seem to be a rhetorical question that Jesus is using as a teaching tool. Rather, it seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer. They had asked him some difficult questions, and they had admitted that he answered them well. Now, in return, he is asking them a difficult question. None of them will be able to answer it, and this will demonstrate his wisdom even further. His question actually will teach something to those who are able to recognize its implications. But it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 12 35 i6a4 figs-metaphor υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 the son of David Here, Jesus is using the term **son** figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 36 e1zq figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 David himself Jesus uses the word **himself** here to emphasize to that it was David, the very person whom the scribes call the father of the Christ, who spoke the words in the quotation that follows. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person whom you call the father of the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +MRK 12 36 jlbd figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “said, by inspiration of the Holy Spirit, that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right side until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 12 36 ejy2 ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ 1 in the Holy Spirit Alternate translation: “inspired by the Holy Spirit” or “by the inspiration of the Holy Spirit” +MRK 12 36 dv7b figs-euphemism εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 said, ‘The Lord said to my Lord Here, the term **Lord** does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance is representing the name Yahweh, which David actually uses in this psalm. In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying that name and said Lord instead. The second instance is the regular term for “lord” or “master.” The ULT and UST capitalize the word because it refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Lord God said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +MRK 12 36 v53p translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand The seat at the right side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By telling the Messiah to sit there, God was symbolically conferring honor and authority on him. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +MRK 12 36 k2j1 figs-nominaladj κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 In this quotation, Yahweh is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate his right side. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could state that specifically. Alternate translation: “Sit at my right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MRK 12 36 rfy9 translate-symaction ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 To place an enemy under one’s feet is symbolic for conquering an enemy and making them submit and so here it means that Yahweh would make His enemies stop resisting the Messiah and submit to him. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +MRK 12 37 j7wn figs-quotesinquotes αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David himself calls the Messiah his Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 12 37 ka5u figs-explicit λέγει αὐτὸν 1 calls him ‘Lord,’ Here, the word **him** refers to the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 37 ssq3 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 See how you translated the word **himself** in [12:36](../12/36.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person” or “David, whom we all respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +MRK 12 37 qpdy figs-explicit αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον 1 In this culture, an ancestor was more respected than a descendant. But to call someone **Lord** was to address that person as the more respected one. As the General Notes to this chapter describe, this is a paradox, that is, is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus is calling attention to this paradox to get his listeners to think more deeply about who the Messiah is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what makes this a paradox. Alternate translation: “David therefore addresses the Messiah respectfully as his Lord. But if the Messiah is his descendant, David should be the more respected person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 37 rh2t figs-rquestion καὶ πόθεν υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? 1 and how is he his son? Like the question in [12:35](../12/35.md), this seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer, even though he is also using it to teach. It is a difficult question, like the ones they asked him, which he answered well. They will not be able to answer his question, and this should give them a further appreciation for his wisdom, in addition to what they might learn from reflecting on the question later. So it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So why do people say that the Messiah is David’s descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 12 37 qucc grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 Jesus is using the word **and** to show that a conclusion should be drawn as a result of what he has just said, and that this conclusion would be different from what his listeners had previously believed. Alternate translation: “so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +MRK 12 37 tjp6 figs-metaphor υἱός 1 Jesus is using the term **son** figuratively to mean “descendant” as he did in [12:35](../12/35.md). See how you translated the term **son** there. Alternate translation: “descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 38 bh8w grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 Mark uses the word **And** to indicate that after asking his own difficult question to the people who had been trying to trap him, Jesus turned to speak to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) +MRK 12 38 rwxq figs-yousingular βλέπετε 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **Watch out** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you watch out for” or “Every one of you watch out for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 12 38 yhfv figs-metonymy βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων 1 Jesus says **Watch out** to warn about the influence of these people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 38 nxy9 translate-symaction τῶν θελόντων ἐν στολαῖς περιπατεῖν 1 In this culture, **long robes** were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in a **long robe** was to assert wealth and status. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +MRK 12 38 mu5a figs-explicit ἀσπασμοὺς 1 The implication is that these would be respectful **greetings**, in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “desire respectful greetings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 39 mwmf figs-metaphor πρωτοκαθεδρίας…πρωτοκλισίας 1 Both uses of the word **first** here figuratively mean “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 40 jtw4 figs-metonymy οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 They devour the houses of the widows Jesus speaks figuratively of the **houses** of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 40 j27b figs-metaphor οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 the houses of the widows Jesus says figuratively that the scribes are **devouring** or eating up the possessions of widows to mean that they continually ask the widows for money until the widows have none left. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 40 r3ht καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ προσευχόμενοι 1 Here, **pretext** refers to something that someone would do in order to appear a certain way. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly, they offer long prayers” +MRK 12 40 qm52 figs-metonymy οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 These will receive greater condemnation Jesus is using the word **condemnation** figuratively to mean the punishment that a person would receive after being condemned (found guilty) for doing something wrong. Alternate translation: “These scribes will receive greater punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 40 h36x figs-explicit οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 will receive greater condemnation The implication seems to be that these proud and greedy scribes will receive **greater** punishment than they would have if they had not pretended to be so godly. It is also implicit that God will be the one who punishes them. Alternate translation: “God will punish these scribes more severely because they do all these wrong things while pretending to be godly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 41 r69x writing-background καὶ 1 Connecting Statement: Mark uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MRK 12 41 nohd writing-newevent καθίσας κατέναντι τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου, ἐθεώρει πῶς ὁ ὄχλος βάλλει χαλκὸν εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον; καὶ πολλοὶ πλούσιοι ἔβαλλον πολλά 1 This background information that Mark provides introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “after Jesus sat down he was watching the crown put money into the offering box and noticed that there were many rich people who were placing gifts of money in the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +MRK 12 41 p2kp figs-metonymy τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου…τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον 1 the temple offering box Mark is figuratively describing the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money that they were giving to God by association with the name of the place where this money would be kept until it was needed, the treasury. Alternate translation: “the offering boxes … the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 12 41 w4xc grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression such as “many people” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +MRK 12 41 jgkw figs-nominaladj πλούσιοι 1 Mark is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression such as “rich people” as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MRK 12 41 rl1l figs-ellipsis πολλά 1 Mark is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “much money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 12 42 g6ry translate-bmoney λεπτὰ δύο, ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 1 two mites The word lepta is the plural of “lepton.” A lepton was a small bronze or copper coin used by the Jews which was equivalent to a few minutes’ wages. It was the least valuable coin that people used in this culture. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “two pennies” or “two small coins of little value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) +MRK 12 42 n29e translate-bmoney ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 1 are a quadrans A **quadrans** was the smallest Roman coin. Mark is seeking to help his readers, who are Roman, understand the value of **two leptas** in their currency. You could clarify in your translation that a **quadrans** is a Roman coin, as the UST does, or you can leave this information untranslated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) MRK 12 43 ipl1 translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verse 43 Jesus says that the widow put more money in the offering than the rich people put in, and in verse 44 he tells his reason for saying that. The information can be reordered so that Jesus tells his reason first and then says that the widow put in more, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) -MRK 12 43 n7su προσκαλεσάμενος 1 having called “when Jesus had called” -MRK 12 43 q124 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md). -MRK 12 43 n8z5 πάντων…τῶν βαλλόντων εἰς 1 all of those putting into “all the other people who put money into” -MRK 12 44 ui9a τοῦ περισσεύοντος 1 abundance much wealth, many valuable things -MRK 12 44 l4tp τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς 1 her poverty “her lack” or “the little she had” -MRK 12 44 p3as τὸν βίον αὐτῆς 1 of her livelihood “she had to survive on” +MRK 12 43 q124 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md). Alternate translation: “I can assure you” +MRK 12 43 ih0m figs-metaphor ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ 1 Even though it is not literally true that the widow has put more money into the offering box than all the rich people, this is still not figurative language. As Jesus explains in the next verse, he means that she has put in proportionately more than all the others, relative to her means, and that is literally true. But Jesus makes the seemingly untrue statement first, to get his disciples to reflect on how it can be true. So it would be appropriate to translate Jesus’ words directly and not interpret them as if they were figurative. For example, it would be a figurative interpretation to say, “God considers what this poor widow has given to be more valuable than the gifts of all the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 12 43 n8z5 figs-explicit πάντων…τῶν βαλλόντων 1 all of those putting into In context, **all** means specifically all of the rich people who were putting large monetary gifts in the collection boxes. Alternate translation: “all of those rich people putting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 12 43 n7su γαζοφυλάκιον 1 having called See how you translated this term in [12:41](../12/41.md). +MRK 12 44 c7jj grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces the reason for what Jesus said in [12:43](../12/43.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +MRK 12 44 ihuq ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον 1 Alternate translation: “had a lot of money but only gave a small portion of it” +MRK 12 44 ui9a αὕτη δὲ, ἐκ τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς, πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν ἔβαλεν, ὅλον τὸν βίον αὐτῆς 1 abundance Alternate translation: “but she only had a very little money but gave everything she had to live on” +MRK 12 44 l4tp τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς 1 her poverty Alternate translation: “her lack” or “the little she had” +MRK 12 44 p3as τὸν βίον αὐτῆς 1 of her livelihood Alternate translation: “she had to survive on” MRK 13 intro ti7d 0 # Mark 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:24-25, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The return of Christ

Jesus said much about what would happen before he returned ([Mark 13:6-37](./06.md)). He told his followers that bad things would happen to the world and bad things would happen to them before he returned, but they needed to be ready for him to return at any time. -MRK 13 1 rrv1 0 General Information: As they leave the temple area, Jesus tells his disciples what will happen in the future to the wonderful temple that Herod the Great has built. -MRK 13 1 ql81 figs-explicit ποταποὶ λίθοι καὶ ποταπαὶ οἰκοδομαί 1 What wonderful stones and wonderful buildings The **stones** refer to the stones that the **buildings** were built with. Alternate translation: “What wonderful buildings and the wonderful stones that they are made of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 13 2 rez6 figs-rquestion βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς? οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον 1 Do you see these great buildings? Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here This question is used to draw attention to the buildings. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Look at these great buildings! Not one stone will be left stacked on top of another” or “You see these great buildings now, but not a single stone will be left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 13 2 zu46 figs-explicit οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ 1 Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here, which may certainly not be torn down It is implied that enemy soldiers will tear down the stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 13 2 xdhj figs-activepassive οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ 1 Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here, which may certainly not be torn down You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Not one stone will remain on top of another, for enemy soldiers will come and destroy these buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 13 3 e913 0 Connecting Statement: In answer to the disciples’ questions about the temple’s destruction and what was going to happen, Jesus tells them what was going to take place in the future. -MRK 13 3 izt8 figs-explicit καὶ καθημένου αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ…Πέτρος 1 And as he was sitting on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter It can be expressed clearly that Jesus and his disciples had walked to **the Mount of Olives**. Alternate translation: “And after arriving at the Mount of Olives, which is opposite the temple, Jesus sat down. Then Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 13 3 u7ju κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 by himself when they were alone -MRK 13 4 uf37 figs-explicit πότε ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα 1 when will these things be? And what is the sign when all these things are about to be fulfilled This refers to what Jesus had just said will happen to the stones of the temple. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “when will these things happen to the buildings of the temple, and what will be the sign that these things are about to happen to the temple buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 13 4 lw1n ὅταν…ταῦτα…πάντα 1 when all these things “that all these things” -MRK 13 5 fe42 λέγειν αὐτοῖς 1 to say to them “to say to his disciples” -MRK 13 5 u79c figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 may lead you astray Here, **lead you astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 13 6 wv12 figs-metaphor πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 they will lead many astray Here, **will lead many astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “they will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 13 6 z63u figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name This could mean: (1) they would be claiming his authority. (2) they would be claiming that God had sent them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 13 1 rrv1 Διδάσκαλε 1 General Information: See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). +MRK 13 1 ql81 figs-explicit ποταποὶ λίθοι καὶ ποταπαὶ οἰκοδομαί 1 What wonderful stones and wonderful buildings Here, **stones** refers to the very large stones which the temple walls were built with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “How wonderful these huge blocks of stones are and how wonderful these buildings are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 13 2 rez6 figs-rquestion βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς 1 Do you see these great buildings? Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to draw attention to the buildings and emphasize what he is about to say. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Look at these great buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 13 2 xdhj figs-activepassive οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ 1 Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here, which may certainly not be torn down If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Your enemies will not leave one stone upon another here, but will tear them down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 13 3 izt8 writing-pronouns καὶ καθημένου αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ, ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν κατ’ ἰδίαν Πέτρος, καὶ Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωάννης, καὶ Ἀνδρέας 1 And as he was sitting on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter Here, the pronouns **he** and **him** refer to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And as Jesus was sitting on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter, and James, and John, and Andrew were asking him by privately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MRK 13 3 u7ju κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 by himself Alternate translation: “when they were alone” or “privately” +MRK 13 4 uf37 figs-explicit πότε ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα 1 when will these things be? And what is the sign when all these things are about to be fulfilled Both occurrences of the phrase **these things** refer to what Jesus said in [13:2](../13/02.md). If it would help your readers you could say explicitly what the phrase **these things** refers to as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 13 4 lw1n figs-activepassive ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα 1 when all these things If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “God will fulfill all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 13 5 fe42 writing-pronouns λέγειν αὐτοῖς 1 to say to them The pronoun **them** refers to Peter, James, John, and Andrew who are mentioned in [13:3](../13/03.md). If it would help your readers you can clarify this in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to say to these four disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MRK 13 5 rm66 figs-yousingular βλέπετε, μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **Be careful** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you be careful that no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 13 6 z63u figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here, Jesus uses the word **name** figuratively to mean identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 13 6 wv12 figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 they will lead many astray The implication is that **he** means the Messiah. Alternate translation: “I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 6 l7f9 ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am “I am the Christ” MRK 13 7 fl5h ἀκούσητε πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 you may hear of wars and rumors of wars “you may hear of wars and reports about wars.” This could mean: (1) they would hear the sounds of wars close by and news of wars far away. (2) they would hear of wars that have started and reports about wars that are about to start. MRK 13 7 d1k9 ἀλλ’ οὔπω τὸ τέλος 1 but the end is not yet “but it is not yet the end” or “but the end will not happen until later” or “but the end will be later” @@ -1083,6 +1181,7 @@ MRK 14 9 vr3w ἀμὴν…λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you This indica MRK 14 9 ysc5 figs-activepassive ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 wherever the gospel may be preached You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “wherever my followers preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 14 9 ljh1 figs-activepassive καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη, λαληθήσεται 1 what she has done will also be spoken of You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will speak about what this woman has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 14 10 pdm5 0 Connecting Statement: After the woman anoints Jesus with perfume, Judas promises to deliver Jesus to the chief priests. +MRK 14 10 tq5a figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 0 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 14 10 z71f figs-explicit ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς 1 so that he might betray him to them Judas did not deliver Jesus to them yet, rather he went to make arrangements with them. Alternate translation: “in order to arrange with them that he would deliver Jesus over to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 14 10 dq6r αὐτὸν παραδοῖ 1 he might betray him “he would bring Jesus to them so they could capture him” MRK 14 11 kzk1 figs-explicit οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες 1 But when they heard it It may be helpful to state clearly what the chief priests heard. Alternate translation: “But when the chief priests heard what he was willing to do for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1091,17 +1190,20 @@ MRK 14 12 wpe7 figs-explicit ὅτε τὸ Πάσχα ἔθυον 1 when they we MRK 14 12 bel5 figs-metonymy φάγῃς τὸ Πάσχα 1 you may eat the Passover Here the **Passover** refers to the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “eat the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 14 13 a7xg κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων 1 bearing a pitcher of water “carrying a large jar full of water” MRK 14 14 i344 figs-quotations ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμά μου, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω? 1 The Teacher says, “Where is my guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples?” This can be written as an indirect quote. Translate this so that it is a polite request. Alternate translation: “Our Teacher would like to know where the guest room is where he may eat the Passover with his disciples.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +MRK 14 14 chb0 διδάσκαλος 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). MRK 14 14 q3pn τὸ κατάλυμά 1 guest room a room for visitors MRK 14 15 x3zk figs-explicit ἐκεῖ ἑτοιμάσατε ἡμῖν 1 make the preparations for us there They were to prepare the meal for Jesus and his disciples to eat. Alternate translation: “prepare the meal for us there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 14 16 sb35 ἐξῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples left “the two disciples left” MRK 14 16 m339 καθὼς εἶπεν 1 just as he said “just as Jesus had said” MRK 14 17 n7z4 0 Connecting Statement: That evening as Jesus and the disciples eat the Passover meal, Jesus tells them that one of them will betray him. MRK 14 17 i1q1 figs-explicit ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα 1 he came with the Twelve It may be helpful to state where they came to. Alternate translation: “he came with the Twelve to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 14 17 bheu figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 14 18 cwl8 ἀνακειμένων αὐτῶν 1 as they were reclining at table In Jesus’ culture, when people gathered to eat, they lay down on their sides, propping themselves up on pillows beside a low table. MRK 14 18 dg95 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md). MRK 14 19 v3a1 εἷς κατὰ εἷς 1 one by one This means that “one at a time” each disciple asked him. MRK 14 19 f13p figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ? 1 Surely not I? This could be: (1) a question for which the disciples expected the answer to be no. (2) a rhetorical question that did not require a response. Alternate translation: “Surely I am not the one who will betray you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 14 20 b25j εἷς τῶν δώδεκα 1 It is one of the Twelve “He is one of the twelve of you” +MRK 14 20 n1tv figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 14 20 htn4 ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον 1 who is dipping with me into the bowl In Jesus’ culture, people would often eat bread, **dipping** it in a shared bowl of sauce or of oil mixed with herbs. MRK 14 21 q5l3 ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 For the Son of Man is going away just as it has been written about him Here Jesus refers to the scriptures prophesying about his death. If you have a polite way to talk about death in your language, use it here. Alternate translation: “For the Son of Man will die in the way that the scriptures say” MRK 14 21 ct78 figs-explicit δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 through whom the Son of Man is being betrayed You can state this more directly. Alternate translation: “who is betraying the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1156,7 +1258,7 @@ MRK 14 41 ae53 ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 The hour has come The time of Jesus’ MRK 14 41 msb2 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold “Listen” MRK 14 41 eg9m figs-activepassive παραδίδοται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man is being betrayed Jesus warns his disciples that his betrayer is approaching them. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone is betraying me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 14 43 r9cp writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 44 gives background information about how Judas had arranged with the Jewish leaders to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MRK 14 43 nz4t 0 Connecting Statement: Judas betrays Jesus with a kiss, and the disciples all flee. +MRK 14 43 nz4t figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 0 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 14 44 bzj2 δὲ ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν 1 And his betrayer This refers to Judas. MRK 14 44 lsh3 figs-explicit αὐτός ἐστιν 1 he it is This refers to the man that Judas was going to identify. Alternate translation: “he is the one you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 14 45 tpd4 κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν 1 he kissed him “Judas kissed him” @@ -1305,4 +1407,4 @@ MRK 16 1 cw1b 0 Connecting Statement: On the first day of the week, women come MRK 16 1 p61n καὶ διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 And the Sabbath having passed That is, after **the Sabbath**, the seventh day of the week, had ended and the first day of the week had begun. MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) \ No newline at end of file